WO2021249430A1 - 一种通信方法及相关设备 - Google Patents

一种通信方法及相关设备 Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2021249430A1
WO2021249430A1 PCT/CN2021/099127 CN2021099127W WO2021249430A1 WO 2021249430 A1 WO2021249430 A1 WO 2021249430A1 CN 2021099127 W CN2021099127 W CN 2021099127W WO 2021249430 A1 WO2021249430 A1 WO 2021249430A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
user identification
identification module
network device
network
access network
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2021/099127
Other languages
English (en)
French (fr)
Inventor
朱浩仁
靳维生
李欢
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Priority to KR1020237000566A priority Critical patent/KR20230021114A/ko
Priority to EP21822031.7A priority patent/EP4156849A4/en
Publication of WO2021249430A1 publication Critical patent/WO2021249430A1/zh
Priority to US18/064,597 priority patent/US20230112588A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W60/00—Affiliation to network, e.g. registration; Terminating affiliation with the network, e.g. de-registration
    • H04W60/04—Affiliation to network, e.g. registration; Terminating affiliation with the network, e.g. de-registration using triggered events
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W60/00—Affiliation to network, e.g. registration; Terminating affiliation with the network, e.g. de-registration
    • H04W60/005—Multiple registrations, e.g. multihoming
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W60/00—Affiliation to network, e.g. registration; Terminating affiliation with the network, e.g. de-registration
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W76/00—Connection management
    • H04W76/10—Connection setup
    • H04W76/15—Setup of multiple wireless link connections
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W76/00—Connection management
    • H04W76/10—Connection setup
    • H04W76/15—Setup of multiple wireless link connections
    • H04W76/16—Involving different core network technologies, e.g. a packet-switched [PS] bearer in combination with a circuit-switched [CS] bearer
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W76/00—Connection management
    • H04W76/20—Manipulation of established connections
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W76/00—Connection management
    • H04W76/20—Manipulation of established connections
    • H04W76/25—Maintenance of established connections
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W76/00—Connection management
    • H04W76/20—Manipulation of established connections
    • H04W76/27—Transitions between radio resource control [RRC] states
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W8/00—Network data management
    • H04W8/18—Processing of user or subscriber data, e.g. subscribed services, user preferences or user profiles; Transfer of user or subscriber data
    • H04W8/20—Transfer of user or subscriber data
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W88/00—Devices specially adapted for wireless communication networks, e.g. terminals, base stations or access point devices
    • H04W88/02—Terminal devices
    • H04W88/06—Terminal devices adapted for operation in multiple networks or having at least two operational modes, e.g. multi-mode terminals
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W8/00—Network data management
    • H04W8/18—Processing of user or subscriber data, e.g. subscribed services, user preferences or user profiles; Transfer of user or subscriber data
    • H04W8/183—Processing at user equipment or user record carrier

Definitions

  • This application relates to the field of wireless communication, and in particular to a communication method and related equipment.
  • the DSDS mobile terminal has two users in the body Identity module (subscriber identity module, SIM) card, or two soft SIM cards (virtual SIM, corresponding to the SIM information in the form of software), or a SIM card with 2 copies of SIM information, the user only needs to use one DSDS mobile terminal , You can conveniently and quickly operate the two SIM cards in the DSDS.
  • SIM subscriber identity module
  • soft SIM cards virtual SIM, corresponding to the SIM information in the form of software
  • NPN public land mobile network
  • NPN non-public network
  • NPN networks can be subdivided into two types, including standalone NPN (standalone NPN, SNPN) and non-independent NPN (public network integrated NPN, PNI-NPN), where SNPN represents A network that does not rely on the public network PLMN network function can have an independent access network and a core network.
  • PNI-NPN Public Network Integrated-NPN
  • the existing multi-card multi-standby terminal has the data concurrency requirement of multiple SIM cards, which means that it needs to support the simultaneous concurrent data services of multiple different networks.
  • the radio frequency channel of the DSDS terminal can be divided into the main and auxiliary channels, the main channel Including the receiver (RX) and transmitter (TX), the auxiliary channel only has RX and listens.
  • RX receiver
  • TX transmitter
  • the auxiliary channel only has RX and listens.
  • TX preemption occurs on a certain SIM card in a DSDS terminal, that is, when the main channel is occupied, other SIM cards will release resources, search the network and reside, and enter the idle state (IDLE), which cannot achieve efficient business concurrency. .
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a communication method and related equipment, which are used to manage air interface resources through the common RRC connection between different cards in a multi-card multi-standby terminal, so as to realize service concurrency of the multi-card multi-standby terminal and improve communication efficiency.
  • the first aspect of the embodiments of the present application provides a communication method, which is applied to an access network device.
  • the access network device pre-establishes an RRC connection for communication between the first network and the terminal device, and then connects
  • the network access device receives a registration request message from the terminal device requesting registration in the second network through the RRC connection used for communication between the first network and the terminal device; then, the access network device sends to the core network device of the second network The registration request message; after that, the access network device receives a registration response message from the core network device; further, the access network device sends the registration response message to the terminal device through the RRC connection.
  • the access network device receives a request from the terminal device through the RRC connection for communication between the first network and the terminal device.
  • the second network registers a registration request message and sends the registration request message to the core network device of the corresponding second network.
  • the access network device sends the registration response message to the terminal device to complete the registration process of the terminal device in the second network, that is, the access network device manages the air interface resources of the terminal device through the established RRC connection with the terminal device, and uses the complex Use the RRC connection mode to realize the service concurrency of the terminal equipment and improve the communication efficiency.
  • first network and the second network may be the same communication network or different communication networks, where the communication network may include a public land mobile network PLMN, a non-public network NPN, or any other type of network. There is no limitation here.
  • the method may further include: the access network device Receive the identification information of the first user identification module and the identification information of the second user identification module from the terminal device through the RRC connection, the terminal device includes the first user identification module and the second user identification module, the first user The identification module corresponds to the first network, and the second user identification module corresponds to the second network; after the access network device receives the registration response message from the core network device, the access network device refers to the first user The context corresponding to the identification information of the identification module is associated with the context corresponding to the identification information of the second user identification module.
  • the terminal device may be a multi-card multi-standby terminal, where the terminal device at least includes a first user identification module and a second user identification module, and the first user identification module corresponds to the first network, and the second user The identification module corresponds to the second network.
  • the access network device After the access network device receives the identification information of the first user identification module and the identification information of the second user identification module from the terminal device through the RRC connection, the access network device can determine the The terminal device includes the first user identification module and the second user identification module; thus, after the access network device receives the registration response message from the core network device, the access network device determines that the terminal device is registered to the After the second network, the access network device associates the context corresponding to the identification information of the first user identification module with the context corresponding to the identification information of the second user identification module.
  • the context corresponding to the identification information of a user identification module and the context corresponding to the identification information of the second user identification module are associated, so that the first user identification module and the second user identification module of the terminal device both realize communication through the RRC connection, Realize multi-card multi-standby terminal equipment business concurrency.
  • the access network device receives a registration request from the terminal device requesting registration on the second network through an RRC connection used for communication between the first network and the terminal device.
  • the message process may specifically include: the access network device receives a registration request message from the second user identification module requesting registration on the second network through the RRC connection used for communication between the first network and the first user identification module.
  • the terminal device may be a multi-card multi-standby terminal, the terminal device includes at least a first user identification module and a second user identification module, and the first user identification module corresponds to the first network, and the second user identification module
  • the registration request message that the terminal device requests to register in the second network can specifically instruct the second user identification module in the terminal device to request the registration request message to register in the second network, providing the second user in the terminal device
  • the specific implementation process of the registration of the identification module in the second network improves the achievability of the solution, thereby improving the flexibility of the implementation of the solution.
  • the method may further include: The network device establishes an access layer AS security configuration shared by the first user identification module and the second user identification module with the terminal device.
  • the access network device after the access network device receives the registration response message sent by the core network device of the second network, that is, after the access network device determines that the terminal device is registered to the second network, the access network device The network device establishes the access layer AS security configuration shared by the first user identification module and the second user identification module with the terminal device, that is, the AS security configuration is a shared AS security configuration to avoid the risk of AS security configuration leakage , Improve the security of the terminal equipment communication.
  • the method may further include: the access network device establishes an RRC connection for communication between the first network and the terminal device, and the access network device establishes a connection with the terminal device.
  • the access layer AS security configuration of the first user identification module in the terminal device After the access network device receives the registration response message from the core network device, the access network device re-establishes the connection with the terminal device.
  • the access layer AS security configuration shared by the first user identification module and the second user identification module.
  • the access network device after the access network device receives the registration response message from the core network device, that is, after the access network device determines that the terminal device is registered to the second network, the access network device can re-establish and The AS security configuration between the terminal devices avoids the risk of AS security configuration leakage and improves the security of the terminal device communication.
  • the access network device receives a registration request from the terminal device to register on the second network through the RRC connection used for communication between the first network and the terminal device.
  • the method may further include: the access network device receives a first indication from the terminal device through the RRC connection, where the first indication is used to indicate that the RRC connection is used between multiple networks and the terminal device Communication; the access network device modifies the RRC connection type according to the first instruction to be shared by the multiple networks; the access network device sends a first downlink RRC message to the terminal device, and the first downlink RRC message is used It indicates that the type of the RRC connection is shared by the multiple networks.
  • the access network device may modify the RRC according to the first instruction sent by the terminal device.
  • the connection type is shared by multiple networks, where the first indication is used to indicate that the RRC connection is used for communication between multiple networks and the terminal device.
  • the access network device may also send a message to the terminal device Indicate that the type of the RRC connection is the first downlink RRC message shared by the multiple networks, that is, the access network device can modify the type of the RRC connection to be shared by multiple networks through the first instruction, so that the access network device passes the type
  • the RRC connection shared by multiple networks receives a registration request message from a terminal device requesting registration on the second network, and provides a specific implementation process for receiving a registration request message from the terminal device requesting registration on the second network, improving the feasibility of the solution , Thereby improving the flexibility of the implementation of this program.
  • the method further includes: the access network device establishes a connection with the core network device.
  • the second non-access stratum NAS data link between devices related to the second user identification module; when the access network device receives a downlink NAS message from the core network device according to the second NAS data link, the The access network device sends the downlink NAS message to the second subscriber identification module through the RRC connection; and/or, when the access network device receives an uplink NAS message from the terminal device through the RRC connection, the access The network device sends the uplink NAS message to the core network device through the second NAS data link.
  • the access network device after the access network device receives the registration response message from the core network device, that is, after the access network device determines that the terminal device is registered to the second network, the access network device establishes a connection with the core network device.
  • the second NAS data link between the devices on the second user identification module after that, the access network device can forward the downlink NAS message from the core network device to the terminal device through the RRC connection, and or, the access network
  • the device can forward the online NAS message from the terminal device to the core network device through the second NAS link, and provide a specific implementation process for the second user identification module to communicate with the core network device of the second network, and improve the realization of the solution This improves the flexibility of the solution.
  • the method may further include: the access network device is the first The user identification module and the second user identification module allocate a data radio bearer DRB; and/or, the access network device allocates a carrier component CC to the first user identification module and the second user identification module.
  • the access network device after the access network device receives the registration response message from the core network device, that is, after the access network device determines that the terminal device is registered to the second network, since the first user identification in the terminal device The module and the second user identification module communicate with the access network device through the RRC connection. Therefore, the access network device can allocate the data radio bearer DRB and DRB to the first user identification module and the second user identification module, respectively. /Or the carrier component CC, so that the access network equipment can provide differentiated services for different user identification modules in the terminal equipment.
  • the method may further include: the access network device sends a second instruction to the terminal device through the RRC connection, and the second instruction is used to instruct the registration
  • the response message is associated with the second user identification module.
  • the access network device may send a second instruction for indicating that the registration response message is associated with the second user identification module to the terminal device through the RRC connection, so that the terminal device determines the second instruction according to the second instruction.
  • the second user identification module has been registered to the second network, and subsequently the second user identification module in the terminal device can communicate with the core network device of the second network through the RRC connection, so as to realize the concurrent service of the terminal device.
  • the second aspect of the embodiments of the present application provides a communication method, which is applied to a terminal device.
  • the terminal device is registered to the first network through the access network device in advance, and then the terminal device is used for the first network through
  • the RRC connection communicating with the terminal device sends a registration request message requesting registration in the second network to the access network device; after that, the terminal device receives a registration response message from the access network device through the RRC connection.
  • the terminal device sends a registration request message requesting registration in the second network to the access network device through the RRC connection used for communication between the first network and the terminal device, that is, the terminal device uses the RRC connection established by the access network device Manage the air interface resources of the terminal device, and use the way of multiplexing RRC connections to realize the concurrent service of the terminal device and improve the communication efficiency.
  • first network and the second network may be the same communication network or different communication networks, where the communication network may include a public land mobile network PLMN, a non-public network NPN, or any other type of network. There is no limitation here.
  • the terminal device includes the first user identification module and the second user identification module, the first user identification module corresponds to the first network, and the first user identification module The second user identification module corresponds to the second network; before the terminal device receives the registration response message from the access network device through the RRC connection, the method may further include: the terminal device communicates to the access network through the RRC connection The device sends the identification information of the first user identification module and the identification information of the second user identification module.
  • the terminal device may be a multi-card multi-standby terminal, where the terminal device at least includes a first user identification module and a second user identification module, and the first user identification module corresponds to the first network, and the second user The identification module corresponds to the second network, and the terminal device can send the identification information of the first user identification module and the identification information of the second user identification module to the access network device through the RRC connection, so that the access network device can It is determined that the terminal device contains the first user identification module and the second user identification module, and subsequently after the access network device determines that the terminal device is registered to the second network, the access network device uses the first user identification module
  • the context corresponding to the identification information is associated with the context corresponding to the identification information of the second user identification module, so that the first user identification module and the second user identification module of the terminal device both realize communication through the RRC connection, realizing multi-card and multi-standby Concurrent services of terminal equipment.
  • the terminal device sends a registration request requesting registration on the second network to the access network device through an RRC connection used for communication between the first network and the terminal device
  • the message process may specifically include: the terminal device sends a registration request message for the second user identification module to request registration on the second network to the access network device through the RRC connection used for communication between the first user identification module and the terminal device.
  • the terminal device may be a multi-card multi-standby terminal, the terminal device includes at least a first user identification module and a second user identification module, and the first user identification module corresponds to the first network, and the second user identification module
  • the registration request message that the terminal device requests to register in the second network can specifically instruct the second user identification module in the terminal device to request the registration request message to register in the second network, providing the second user in the terminal device
  • the specific implementation process of the registration of the identification module in the second network improves the achievability of the solution, thereby improving the flexibility of the implementation of the solution.
  • the first user identification module resides in a target cell, and the service area of the access network device includes the target cell;
  • the terminal device triggers the execution of sending a registration request message requesting registration on the second network to the access network device through the RRC connection used for communication between the first network and the terminal device.
  • the service area of the access network device includes the target cell.
  • the terminal device determines that the cell where the second user identification module resides and the cell where the first user identification module resides are the target cell
  • the The terminal device determines that the second user identification module can communicate through the RRC connection between the first user identification module and the access network device.
  • the terminal device triggers the execution of the communication between the first network and the terminal device.
  • the RRC connection sends a registration request message requesting registration in the second network to the access network device, thereby increasing the success rate of the second user identification module in the terminal device registering through the access network device, and further improving communication efficiency.
  • the terminal device sends a registration request to register on the second network to the access network device through the RRC connection used for communication between the first network and the terminal device.
  • the method may further include: the terminal device establishes an access layer AS security configuration shared with the access network device regarding the first user identification module and the second user identification module.
  • the terminal device after the terminal device sends a registration request message requesting registration on the second network to the access network device through the RRC connection used for communication between the first network and the terminal device, the terminal device establishes a connection with the access network device.
  • the access layer AS security configuration shared by the first user identification module and the second user identification module between network devices, that is, the AS security configuration is a shared AS security configuration, avoiding the risk of AS security configuration leakage, and improving the terminal Security of device communication.
  • the method may further include: the terminal device is registered to the first network through the access network device in advance, and the access network device is used for the first network and After the RRC connection for communication between terminal devices, the first user identification module in the terminal device establishes the access layer AS security configuration with the access network device, and the terminal device is used between the first network and the terminal device. After the communicating RRC connection sends a registration request message requesting registration in the second network to the access network device, the terminal device re-establishes and shares with the access network device regarding the first user identification module and the second user identification module. Security configuration of the access layer AS.
  • the terminal device device after the terminal device sends a registration request message requesting registration in the second network to the access network device through the RRC connection used for communication between the first network and the terminal device, the terminal device device can re-establish a connection with the access network device.
  • the AS security configuration between the access network devices avoids the risk of AS security configuration leakage and improves the communication security of the terminal device.
  • the terminal device sends a registration request to register on the second network to the access network device through the RRC connection used for communication between the first network and the terminal device.
  • the method may further include: the terminal device sends a first instruction to the access network device through the RRC connection, where the first instruction is used to indicate that the RRC connection is used for communication between multiple networks and the terminal device ;
  • the terminal device receives a first downlink RRC message from the access network device through the RRC connection, where the first downlink RRC message is used to indicate that the type of the RRC connection is shared by the multiple networks.
  • the terminal device may send the access to the access network device.
  • the network device sends a first instruction for indicating that the RRC connection is used for communication between multiple networks and the terminal device.
  • the terminal device may receive from the access network device for indicating that the type of the RRC connection is The first downlink RRC message shared by the multiple networks, so that the terminal device sends a registration request message requesting registration on the second network to the access network device through the RRC connection type of the RRC connection shared by the multiple networks, and provides a sending request
  • the specific implementation process of the registration request message registered on the second network improves the achievability of the solution, thereby improving the flexibility of the implementation of the solution.
  • the method may further include: the terminal device receives a second instruction from the access network device through the RRC connection, and the second instruction is used to indicate the The registration response message is associated with the second user identification module.
  • the terminal device may receive a second instruction from the access network device indicating that the registration response message is associated with the second user identification module through the RRC connection, so that the terminal device determines according to the second instruction
  • the second user identification module has been registered to the second network, and subsequently the second user identification module in the terminal device can communicate with the core network device of the second network through the RRC connection, so as to implement concurrent service of the terminal device.
  • the third aspect of the embodiments of the present application provides a communication method, which is applied to an access network device.
  • the access network device establishes a shared radio resource control RRC connection for communication between multiple networks and terminal devices. ; Then, the access network device receives a first registration request message requesting registration in the first network and a second registration request message requesting registration in the second network from the terminal device through the RRC connection; further, the access network device The first request message is sent to the core network device of the first network, and the second request message is sent to the core network device of the second network; the access network device receives the request from the core network device of the first network After receiving the first registration response message and the second registration response message from the core network device of the second network, the access network device sends the first registration response message and the second registration to the terminal device through the RRC connection Response message.
  • the access network device establishes a shared radio resource control RRC connection for communication between multiple networks and terminal devices, and receives a first registration request message and a first registration request message from the terminal device requesting registration on the first network through the RRC connection.
  • the second registration request message for requesting registration on the second network, after receiving the first registration response message from the core network device of the first network, and after receiving the second registration response message from the core network device of the second network .
  • the access network device sends the first registration response message and the second registration response message to the terminal device through the RRC connection to complete the registration process of the terminal device in the first network and the second network, that is, access
  • the network equipment manages the air interface resources of the terminal equipment through the shared RRC connection used for communication between multiple networks and the terminal equipment, and uses the multiplexed RRC connection to realize the service concurrency of the terminal equipment and improve the communication efficiency.
  • first network and the second network may be the same communication network or different communication networks, where the communication network may include a public land mobile network PLMN, a non-public network NPN, or any other type of network. There is no limitation here.
  • the establishment of the radio resource control RRC connection shared by the multiple networks and the terminal device by the access network device may specifically include: the access network device receives from the The identification information of the first user identification module and the identification information of the second user identification module of the terminal device, the terminal device includes the first user identification module and the second user identification module; after that, the access network device establishes a connection with the terminal device The RRC connection shared by the first user identification module and the second user identification module in.
  • the terminal device may be a multi-card multi-standby terminal, where the terminal device at least includes a first user identification module and a second user identification module, and the first user identification module corresponds to the first network, and the second user The identification module corresponds to the second network, and the process of the access network device establishing the RRC connection may specifically include the access network device establishing the RRC shared with the first user identification module and the second user identification module in the terminal device Connection, so that the first user identification module and the second user identification module of the terminal device both realize communication through the RRC connection, and realize the concurrent service of the multi-card multi-standby terminal device.
  • the access network device receives the first registration response message from the core network device of the first network, and receives the first registration response message from the second network.
  • the method may further include: the access network device establishes an access layer AS shared with the terminal device regarding the first user identification module and the second user identification module. Security configuration.
  • the access network device determines After the terminal device is registered to the first network and the second network respectively, the access network device establishes the access layer AS security configuration shared with the terminal device by the first user identification module and the second user identification module, That is, the AS security configuration is a common AS security configuration, which avoids the risk of AS security configuration leakage and improves the security of the terminal device communication.
  • the method further includes: the access network The device establishes a first non-access layer NAS data link with the core network device of the first network about the first user identification module; the device on the access network receives the data link from the first NAS data link through the first NAS data link.
  • the access network device sends the first downlink NAS message to the terminal device through the RRC connection, and the first downlink NAS message carries the first downlink NAS message.
  • the identification information of the user identification module and/or, when the access network device receives the second NAS message from the terminal device through the RRC connection, the access network device sends the second NAS message to the first NAS data link through the first NAS data link.
  • a core network device of a network sends the first uplink NAS message, and the first uplink NAS message carries identification information of the first user identification module.
  • the access network device After the access network device receives the first registration response message from the core network device of the first network, that is, after the access network device determines that the terminal device is registered to the first network, the access network device Establish a first NAS data link with the core network device regarding the first user identification module. Thereafter, the access network device can forward the first downlink NAS message from the core network device to the terminal device through the RRC connection , And or, the access network device may forward the first online NAS message from the terminal device to the core network device through the first NAS link, and provide the first user identification module to communicate with the core network device of the first network
  • the specific realization process of the scheme improves the realizability of the scheme, thereby improving the realization flexibility of the scheme.
  • the method further includes: the access network The device establishes a second NAS data link related to the second user identification module with the core network device of the second network; the access network device receives the data link from the second network through the second NAS data link
  • the access network device sends the second downlink NAS message to the terminal device through the RRC connection, and the second downlink NAS message carries the identification information of the second user identification module
  • the access network device sends a message to the core network device of the second network through the second NAS data link
  • the second uplink NAS message is sent, and the second uplink NAS message carries the identification information of the second user identification module.
  • the access network device After the access network device receives the second registration response message from the core network device of the second network, that is, after the access network device determines that the terminal device is registered to the second network, the access network device Establish a second NAS data link with the core network device regarding the second user identification module. After that, the access network device can forward the second downlink NAS message from the core network device to the terminal device through the RRC connection, And or, the access network device may forward the second online NAS message from the terminal device to the core network device through the second NAS link, and provide the communication between the second user identification module and the core network device of the second network.
  • the specific implementation process improves the feasibility of the solution, thereby improving the flexibility of the solution.
  • the access network device receives the first registration response message from the core network device of the first network, and receives the core network device from the second network.
  • the method may further include: the access network device allocates a data radio bearer DRB to the first user identification module and the second user identification module; and/or, the access network device is The first user identification module and the second user identification module allocate carrier component CC.
  • the access network device after the access network device receives the first registration response message from the core network device of the first network, and receives the second registration response message from the core network device of the second network, that is, the access network device
  • the access network device After the network access device determines that the terminal device is registered to the first network and the second network, respectively, since the first user identification module and the second user identification module in the terminal device communicate with the access network device through the RRC connection Therefore, the access network device can allocate the data radio bearer DRB and/or the carrier component CC to the first user identification module and the second user identification module, respectively, so that the access network device can identify different users in the terminal device
  • the module provides differentiated services.
  • the fourth aspect of the embodiments of the present application provides a communication method, which is applied to a terminal device.
  • the terminal device controls the RRC connection to the access network through a shared radio resource used for communication between multiple networks and the terminal device.
  • the device sends a first registration request message requesting registration in the first network and a second registration request message requesting registration in the second network; thereafter, the terminal device receives the first registration response message from the access network device through the RRC connection And the second registration response message.
  • the terminal device sends a first registration request message requesting registration on the first network and a request for registration on the second network to the access network device through a shared radio resource control RRC connection used for communication between multiple networks and the terminal device
  • the second registration request message that is, the terminal device sends the first registration request message and the second registration request message to the access network device by multiplexing the RRC connection, so that the access network device can be used for multiple networks and the terminal device.
  • the shared RRC connection for intercommunication manages the air interface resources of the terminal device, so that the way of multiplexing the RRC connection is used to realize the concurrent service of the terminal device and improve the communication efficiency.
  • first network and the second network may be the same communication network or different communication networks, where the communication network may include a public land mobile network PLMN, a non-public network NPN, or any other type of network. There is no limitation here.
  • the method before the terminal device receives the first registration response message and the second registration response message from the access network device through the RRC connection, the method may also It includes: the terminal device sends the identification information of the first user identification module and the identification information of the second user identification module to the access network device.
  • the terminal device may be a multi-card multi-standby terminal, where the terminal device at least includes a first user identification module and a second user identification module, and the first user identification module corresponds to the first network, and the second user The identification module corresponds to the second network, and the terminal device can send the identification information of the first user identification module and the identification information of the second user identification module to the access network device through the RRC connection, so that the access network device can It is determined that the terminal device contains the first user identification module and the second user identification module, and then the first user identification module and the second user identification module of the terminal device both realize communication through the RRC connection, thereby realizing a multi-card multi-standby terminal The equipment's business is concurrent.
  • the first user identification module resides in a target cell, and the service area of the access network device includes the target cell; and the second user identification module resides in the target cell.
  • the terminal device triggers the execution of sending a first registration request message requesting registration in the first network and a second registration request message requesting registration in the second network to the access network device through the RRC connection.
  • the service area of the access network device includes the target cell.
  • the terminal device determines that the cell where the second user identification module resides and the cell where the first user identification module resides are the target cell
  • the The terminal device determines that the second user identification module can communicate through the RRC connection between the first user identification module and the access network device.
  • the terminal device triggers the execution of sending a request to the access network device through the RRC connection.
  • the first registration request message for the first network registration and the second registration request message for the second network registration thereby enhancing the registration of the first user identification module and the second user identification module in the terminal device through the access network device
  • the success rate further improves communication efficiency.
  • the terminal device sends a request to the access network device through a shared radio resource control RRC connection used for communication between multiple networks and the terminal device.
  • the method may further include: establishing a connection between the terminal device and the access network device regarding the first user identification module and the access network device. Access layer AS security configuration shared by the second user identification module.
  • the terminal device sends a first registration request message requesting registration on the first network to the access network device through the shared radio resource control RRC connection used for communication between multiple networks and the terminal device and the After the second registration request message for network registration, that is, after the terminal device determines that it has been registered to the first network and the second network, the terminal device establishes a relationship with the access network device regarding the first user identification module and the second network.
  • the access layer AS security configuration shared by the user identification module that is, the AS security configuration is a shared AS security configuration, which avoids the risk of AS security configuration leakage and improves the security of the terminal device communication.
  • the fifth aspect of the embodiments of the present application provides a communication method, which is applied to an access network device.
  • the access network device obtains the identification information of the first network registered by the first user identification module, and the second user The second network identification information registered by the identification module, wherein the first user identification module and the second user identification module are contained in the same terminal device; after that, the access network device is based on the identification information of the first network and The identification information of the second network allocates wireless data resources to the first user identification module and the second user identification module respectively, and the wireless data resources include a data radio bearer DRB and/or a carrier component CC.
  • the access network device determines that both the first user identification module and the second user identification module in the terminal device communicate through the access network device, the access network device obtains the first network registered by the first user identification module And the second network identification information registered by the second user identification module, the access network device can allocate the data radio bearer DRB and/or carrier component to the first user identification module and the second user identification module, respectively CC, thus, the access network device can provide differentiated services for different user identification modules in the terminal device, and optimize the allocation process of wireless data resources in the access network device.
  • first network and the second network may be the same communication network or different communication networks, where the communication network may include a public land mobile network PLMN, a non-public network NPN, or any other type of network. There is no limitation here.
  • the access network device assigns the first user identification module and the second user identification module to the first user identification module and the second user identification module according to the first network identification and the second network identification.
  • the wireless data resource may specifically include: the access network device determines the type information of the first network according to the identification information of the first network, and determines the type information of the second network according to the identification information of the second network; further Preferably, the access network device allocates the wireless data resource to the first user identification module and the second user identification module according to the type information of the first network and the type information of the second network, respectively.
  • the access network device can specifically distinguish between the first network registered by the first user identification module and the second network registered by the second user identification module according to the type information of the first network and the type information of the second network. 2.
  • the type of the network and further allocate the wireless data resources to the first user identification module and the second user identification module according to the type information, providing a specific implementation process of the allocation of wireless data resources in the access network equipment, and improving the solution
  • the realizability of this scheme improves the realization flexibility of this scheme.
  • the sixth aspect of the embodiments of the present application provides a communication device, which is characterized in that it includes a receiving unit and a sending unit; the receiving unit is configured to receive data from a terminal device through an RRC connection used for communication between a first network and a terminal device.
  • a registration request message for requesting registration on the second network is configured to send the registration request message to the core network device of the second network; the receiving unit is further configured to receive a registration response message from the core network device;
  • the sending unit is also used to send the registration response message to the terminal device through the RRC connection.
  • the component modules of the communication device may also be used to execute the steps executed in each possible implementation manner of the first aspect.
  • the related description of the first aspect please refer to the related description of the first aspect, which will not be repeated here.
  • the seventh aspect of the embodiments of the present application provides a communication device, including a receiving unit and a sending unit; the sending unit is configured to send a request to an access network device through an RRC connection used for communication between a first network and a terminal device. A registration request message for the second network registration; the receiving unit is configured to receive a registration response message from the access network device through the RRC connection.
  • the component modules of the communication device may also be used to execute the steps executed in each possible implementation manner of the second aspect.
  • the related description of the second aspect please refer to the related description of the second aspect, which will not be repeated here.
  • An eighth aspect of the embodiments of the present application provides a communication device, including a processing unit, a receiving unit, and a sending unit; the processing unit is used to establish a shared radio resource control RRC connection for communication between multiple networks and terminal devices
  • the receiving unit is configured to receive, through the RRC connection, a first registration request message requesting registration in the first network from the terminal device and a second registration request message requesting registration in the second network;
  • the sending unit is configured to send the The core network device of the first network sends the first request message and sends the second request message to the core network device of the second network;
  • the receiving unit is further configured to receive the first request message from the core network device of the first network A registration response message, and receiving a second registration response message from the core network device of the second network;
  • the sending unit is further configured to send the first registration response message and the second registration to the terminal device through the RRC connection Response message.
  • the component modules of the communication device may also be used to execute the steps executed in each possible implementation manner of the third aspect.
  • the relevant description of the third aspect please refer to the relevant description of the third aspect, and details are not repeated here.
  • a ninth aspect of the embodiments of the present application provides a communication device, which is characterized by comprising a receiving unit and a sending unit; the sending unit is used to control RRC through a shared radio resource used for communication between multiple networks and terminal devices
  • the connection sends a first registration request message requesting registration in the first network and a second registration request message requesting registration in the second network to the access network device;
  • the receiving unit is configured to receive from the access network device through the RRC connection The first registration response message and the second registration response message.
  • the component modules of the communication device may also be used to execute the steps executed in each possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect.
  • the related description of the fourth aspect please refer to the related description of the fourth aspect, which will not be repeated here.
  • a tenth aspect of the embodiments of the present application provides a communication device including a processing unit; the processing unit is configured to obtain identification information of a first network registered by a first user identification module, and a second user identification module registered by a second user identification module. 2. Network identification information, where the first user identification module and the second user identification module are included in the same terminal device; the processing unit is further configured to determine the identification information of the first network and the identification of the second network The information respectively allocates wireless data resources for the first user identification module and the second user identification module, and the wireless data resources include a data radio bearer DRB and/or a carrier component CC.
  • DRB data radio bearer
  • CC carrier component
  • the component modules of the communication device may also be used to execute the steps executed in each possible implementation manner of the fifth aspect.
  • the related description of the fifth aspect please refer to the related description of the fifth aspect, which will not be repeated here.
  • An eleventh aspect of the embodiments of the present application provides a communication device, wherein the communication device includes a processor, the processor is coupled with a memory, the memory is used for storing computer programs or instructions, and the processor is used for executing all the information in the memory.
  • the computer program or instruction enables the method described in the foregoing first aspect or any one of the possible implementations of the first aspect to be executed, or causes the foregoing third aspect or any one of the possible implementations of the third aspect to be executed
  • the method is executed, or the method described in the foregoing fifth aspect or any one of the possible implementation manners of the fifth aspect is executed.
  • a twelfth aspect of the embodiments of the present application provides a communication device, wherein the communication device includes a processor, the processor is coupled with a memory, the memory is used to store a computer program or instruction, and the processor is used to execute all the information in the memory.
  • the computer program or instruction causes the method described in the foregoing second aspect or any one of the possible implementation manners of the second aspect to be executed, or causes the foregoing fourth aspect or any one of the possible implementation manners of the fourth aspect to be executed The method is executed.
  • a thirteenth aspect of the embodiments of the present application provides a communication device, wherein the communication device includes a processor and a communication interface, the communication interface is coupled to the processor, and the processor is configured to run a computer program or instruction so that the aforementioned first aspect Or the method described in any possible implementation manner of the first aspect is executed, or the method described in the foregoing third aspect or any one of the possible implementation manners of the third aspect is executed, or the foregoing fifth aspect is executed Or the method described in any one of the possible implementation manners of the fifth aspect is executed.
  • a fourteenth aspect of the embodiments of the present application provides a communication device, wherein the communication device includes a processor and a communication interface, the communication interface is coupled to the processor, and the processor is configured to run a computer program or instruction, so that the aforementioned second aspect Or, the method described in any possible implementation manner of the second aspect is executed, or the method described in the foregoing fourth aspect or any one of the possible implementation manners of the fourth aspect is executed.
  • a fifteenth aspect of the embodiments of the present application provides a computer-readable storage medium that stores one or more computer-executable instructions.
  • the processor executes any of the above-mentioned first aspect or first aspect.
  • the sixteenth aspect of the embodiments of the present application provides a computer-readable storage medium that stores one or more computer-executable instructions.
  • the processor executes any of the above-mentioned second aspect or the second aspect.
  • the method described in one possible implementation manner, or the processor executes the method described in the foregoing fourth aspect or any one of the possible implementation manners of the fourth aspect.
  • the seventeenth aspect of the embodiments of the present application provides a computer program product (or computer program) that stores one or more computers.
  • the processor executes the first aspect or the first aspect. Any one possible implementation manner of the aspect, any one possible implementation manner of the foregoing third aspect or the third aspect, or any one possible implementation manner of the foregoing fifth aspect or the fifth aspect.
  • the eighteenth aspect of the embodiments of the present application provides a computer program product storing one or more computers.
  • the processor executes the second aspect or any possible implementation of the second aspect.
  • the processor executes the foregoing fourth aspect or any one of the possible implementation methods of the fourth aspect.
  • the nineteenth aspect of the embodiments of the present application provides a chip system
  • the chip system includes a processor, and is configured to support the access network device to implement the foregoing first aspect or any one of the possible implementation manners of the first aspect, and the foregoing third aspect Or any one of the possible implementation manners of the third aspect or any one of the foregoing fifth aspect or the function involved in the fifth aspect.
  • the chip system may also include a memory, and the memory is used to store the necessary program instructions and data of the access network device.
  • the chip system can be composed of chips, or include chips and other discrete devices.
  • the twentieth aspect of the embodiments of the present application provides a chip system, the chip system includes a processor, and is configured to support a terminal device to implement the foregoing second aspect or any one of the possible implementation manners of the second aspect, the foregoing fourth aspect or the first aspect.
  • the functions involved in any one of the four possible implementations may also include a memory, and the memory is used to store the necessary program instructions and data of the terminal device.
  • the chip system can be composed of chips, or include chips and other discrete devices.
  • the twenty-first aspect of the embodiments of the present application provides a communication system that includes the communication device of the sixth aspect and the communication device of the seventh aspect, or the communication system includes the communication device of the eighth aspect and the communication device of the seventh aspect.
  • the communication device of the ninth aspect, or, the communication system includes the communication device of the tenth aspect, or the communication system includes the communication device of the eleventh aspect and the communication device of the twelfth aspect, or, the communication system includes the communication device of the aforementioned The communication device of the thirteenth aspect and the communication device of the fourteenth aspect.
  • the sixth, eighth, tenth, eleventh, thirteenth, fifteenth, seventeenth, nineteenth, twenty-first aspect or the technical effects brought by any one of the possible implementation methods Refer to the technical effects brought about by the different possible implementations of the first aspect or the first aspect, or refer to the technical effects brought about by the different possible implementations of the third aspect or the third aspect, or refer to the fifth or fifth aspects of the difference The technical effect brought about by the possible realization method.
  • the seventh, ninth, eleventh, thirteenth, fifteenth, seventeenth, nineteenth, twenty-first aspects or any of the possible implementation methods for the technical effects can be found in section
  • the embodiments of the present application have the following advantages: after the access network device establishes an RRC connection for communication between the first network and the terminal device, the access network device uses the connection for the first network and the terminal device.
  • the RRC connection for communication between terminal devices receives a registration request message from a terminal device requesting to register in the second network, and sends the registration request message to the core network device of the corresponding second network. Thereafter, the access network device receives After the registration response message of the core network device, the access network device sends the registration response message to the terminal device to complete the registration process of the terminal device in the second network.
  • the established RRC connection manages the air interface resources of the terminal device, and uses the mode of multiplexing the RRC connection to realize the service concurrency of the terminal device and improve the communication efficiency.
  • Figure 1 is a schematic diagram of a network architecture in an embodiment of the application
  • Figure 2 is a schematic diagram of a network architecture in an embodiment of the application
  • Figure 3 is a schematic diagram of a network architecture in an embodiment of the application.
  • Figure 4-1 is a schematic diagram of a network architecture in an embodiment of the application.
  • Figure 4-2 is a schematic diagram of the network architecture in an embodiment of the application.
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram of an embodiment of a communication method in an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 6 is another schematic diagram of an embodiment of a communication method in an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 7 is another schematic diagram of an embodiment of a communication method in an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 8 is another schematic diagram of an embodiment of a communication method in an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 9 is another schematic diagram of an embodiment of a communication method in an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 10 is another schematic diagram of an embodiment of a communication method in an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 11 is another schematic diagram of an embodiment of a communication method in an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 12 is a schematic diagram of an embodiment of a communication device in an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 13 is another schematic diagram of an embodiment of a communication device in an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 14 is another schematic diagram of an embodiment of a communication device in an embodiment of this application.
  • 15 is another schematic diagram of an embodiment of a communication device in an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 16 is another schematic diagram of an embodiment of a communication device in an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 17 is another schematic diagram of an embodiment of a communication device in an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 18 is another schematic diagram of an embodiment of a communication device in an embodiment of this application.
  • Terminal equipment can be user equipment (UE), handheld terminal, notebook computer, subscriber unit, cellular phone, smart phone, wireless data card, personal digital assistant (personal digital assistant) digital assistant (PDA) computer, tablet computer, wireless modem (modem), handheld device (handheld), laptop computer, cordless phone or wireless local loop (WLL) Stations, machine type communication (MTC) terminals or other devices that can access the network.
  • UE user equipment
  • handheld terminal notebook computer
  • subscriber unit cellular phone
  • smart phone wireless data card
  • PDA personal digital assistant
  • modem modem
  • handheld device handheld
  • laptop computer cordless phone or wireless local loop (WLL) Stations
  • MTC machine type communication
  • the terminal equipment and the access network equipment use some kind of air interface technology to communicate with each other.
  • Access network (radio access network, RAN) equipment Mainly responsible for radio resource management, quality of service (QoS) management, data compression, and encryption on the air interface side.
  • the access network equipment may include various forms of base stations, such as macro base stations, micro base stations (also referred to as small stations), relay stations, and access points.
  • base stations such as macro base stations, micro base stations (also referred to as small stations), relay stations, and access points.
  • the names of devices with base station functions may be different.
  • 5G 5th generation
  • gNB in the LTE system
  • gNB in the LTE system
  • Evolved NodeB evolved NodeB, eNB or eNodeB
  • Node B Node B
  • Access and mobility management function (AMF) network element belongs to the core network element and is mainly responsible for the signaling processing part, such as: access control, mobility management, attachment and detachment, gateway selection, etc. Features. When the AMF network element provides services for the session in the terminal device, it will provide the storage resources of the control plane for the session, as well as the storage session identifier, the SMF network element identifier associated with the session identifier, and so on.
  • AMF Access and mobility management function
  • Untrusted non-3GPP Access Network (Untrusted non-3GPP Access Network) equipment: This network element allows the terminal equipment and the 3GPP core network to use non-3GPP technology for interconnection and intercommunication, including non-3GPP technology such as wireless fidelity (wireless fidelity). , Wi-Fi), worldwide interoperability for microwave access (WiMAX), code division multiple access (CDMA) networks, etc., compared to trusted non-3GPP access network devices that can be directly connected Into the 3GPP core network, the network element needs to communicate with the 3GPP core network through the security tunnel established by the security gateway.
  • the security gateway is for example: evolved packet data gateway (ePDG) or non-3GPP interworking function (Non -3GPP interworking function, N3IWF) network element.
  • ePDG evolved packet data gateway
  • N3IWF non-3GPP interworking function
  • Session management function (SMF) network element responsible for user-plane network element selection, user-plane network element redirection, Internet protocol (IP) address allocation, bearer establishment, modification and release, and QoS control.
  • IP Internet protocol
  • User plane function (UPF) network element responsible for forwarding and receiving user data in terminal equipment. User data can be received from the data network and transmitted to the terminal device through the access network device; the UPF network element can also receive user data from the terminal device through the access network device and forward it to the data network.
  • the transmission resources and scheduling functions of the UPF network element that provide services for the terminal equipment are managed and controlled by the SMF network element.
  • PCF Policy control function
  • Authentication server function (authentication server function, AUSF) network element: mainly provides authentication function, supports authentication of 3GPP access and Non-3GPP access, for details, please refer to 3GPP TS 33.501.
  • Network exposure function (NEF) network element It mainly supports the safe interaction between 3GPP network and third-party applications. NEF can safely expose network capabilities and events to third parties to strengthen or improve application service quality. The same applies to 3GPP networks. Relevant data can be safely obtained from a third party to enhance the intelligent decision-making of the network; at the same time, the network element supports the restoration of structured data from the unified database or the storage of structured data in the unified database.
  • NEF Network exposure function
  • Unified data repository (UDR) network element Mainly responsible for storing structured data.
  • the stored content includes contract data and policy data, structured data exposed to the outside world, and application-related data.
  • Application function (AF) network element It mainly supports interaction with the 3GPP core network to provide services, such as influencing data routing decisions, policy control functions, or providing third-party services to the network side.
  • the subsequent embodiments of this application can be applied to an LTE system, a 5G system, or a higher-level network system.
  • the following will describe an example in which this application is applied to a 5G scenario.
  • the current 5G third generation partnership project (the third generation partnership project, 3GPP) system architecture is shown in Figure 1.
  • the network functions and entities included are mainly: UE, (R)AN, UPF, data network (data network, DN), AMF, SMF, PCF, AF, NSSF, AUSF and UDM.
  • UE UE
  • R data network
  • DN data network
  • AMF data network
  • SMF station
  • PCF PCF
  • AF AF
  • NSSF AF
  • AUSF AUSF
  • UDM User Data Network Management Function
  • UE and AMF can interact through N1 interface
  • (R)AN and AMF can interact through N2 interface
  • the interactive interfaces between entities are similar, so I won’t repeat them here; among them, in a 5G system, some interfaces in Figure 1 can use service-oriented interfaces (Nnssf/Nnef /Nnrf... etc.), as shown in Figure 2.
  • the network data analysis function entity (NWDAF) in the big data analysis network element and other network functions can interact through the service interface Nnwdaf.
  • UE, (R)AN, UPF, and DN are generally called user layer network functional entities, and user data traffic can pass through the protocol data unit established between UE and DN ( Protocol data unit, PDU) session (session) is transmitted, and the transmission will go through two network functions (entities) (R)AN and UPF; and the other parts are called control layer network functions and entities, which are mainly responsible for authentication and Functions such as authentication, registration management, session management, mobility management, and policy control, so as to achieve reliable and stable transmission of user-level traffic.
  • the subsequent embodiments of this application when the subsequent embodiments of this application are applied to 5G scenarios, they can be further implemented in conjunction with the non-3GPP (non-3GPP) system in 5G.
  • the specific non-3GPP system architecture is shown in Figure 3.
  • the new Increase the network element non-3GPP interworking function entity (non-3GPP interworking function, N3IWF).
  • the mobile terminal has developed from a single-card single-standby to a multi-card multi-standby implementation mode.
  • the DSDS mobile terminal has two SIM cards or two soft SIM cards in the body (Virtual SIM, corresponding to the SIM information in the form of software), or a SIM card with two pieces of SIM information, the user only needs to use a DSDS mobile terminal to conveniently and quickly operate the two SIM cards in the DSDS.
  • the SIM card can specifically be Universal Subscriber Identity Module (USIM), IP MultiMedia Service Identity Module (ISIM), embedded SIM card (embedded SIM, eSIM), or other types
  • USIM Universal Subscriber Identity Module
  • ISIM IP MultiMedia Service Identity Module
  • embedded SIM embedded SIM card
  • eSIM embedded SIM card
  • SNPN refers to a network that does not rely on public network PLMN network functions, and can have an independent access network (RAN) and core network (CN), and PNI-NPN refers to a network that can partially rely on public network PLMN to provide network functions.
  • RAN independent access network
  • CN core network
  • PNI-NPN refers to a network that can partially rely on public network PLMN to provide network functions.
  • PNI-NPN can also be further subdivided into two types at present: (1) Closed access group (CAG), which is a type of PNI-NPN network, this type of private network is a public network PLMN network One part is only to provide services for specific services/users; (2) Slicing, this type of private network is also a type of PNI-NPN network, using 5G-defined slicing characteristics to use dedicated slicing for specific services/users Provide services.
  • CAG Closed access group
  • Slicing this type of private network is also a type of PNI-NPN network, using 5G-defined slicing characteristics to use dedicated slicing for specific services/users Provide services.
  • the aforementioned public and private network service concurrency requirements mean that multi-card multi-standby terminals need to support the concurrent concurrent data services of at least two different networks.
  • voice technology involving multiple network services In addition to the related technologies introduced in the 3GPP R16 private network topic, it also includes voice technology involving multiple network services. The following will introduce related technologies involving multiple network services:
  • the basic configuration is a set of radio frequency, which supports access to public network services through the NPN tunnel (NPN as a whole as the N3GPP access network) in R16.
  • NPN NPN as a whole as the N3GPP access network
  • the scope of application includes dual-card dual-standby dual-pass, complex protocols, and UE High processing resource consumption, occupying private network air interface resources;
  • Roaming the basic configuration is a set of radio frequency, and NPN and PLMN are discussed for R17 to achieve similar roaming.
  • the scope of application includes dual-card/single-card, single-standby and single-communication. It needs to be based on the core network control plane and user plane intercommunication interface. It is difficult to deploy and occupies private network resources;
  • Simultaneous GSM and LTE are simultaneously supported.
  • the basic configuration is two sets of radio frequency (3Rx/2Tx), which supports concurrent LTE and GSM, and can conduct voice and data services at the same time.
  • the terminal has two sets of radio frequency resources.
  • One set uses a multi-mode chip that supports LTE, and the other uses a GSM chip.
  • the scope of application includes single card dual standby, high cost and high power consumption;
  • Simultaneous Voice and LTE are simultaneously supported.
  • the basic configuration is two sets of radio frequency (3Rx/2Tx), supporting data and voice services at the same time.
  • the voice service here can support GSM, CDMA, UMST Wait for 2G/3G networks, not just GSM.
  • the terminal also needs two sets of baseband radio frequency resources, the scope of application includes single card dual standby, high cost and high power consumption;
  • Circuit switched fallback the basic configuration is a set of radio frequency, supports 4G network for data services, and voice services fall back to 2G/3G.
  • the scope of application includes single card single standby. For mobile and China Unicom scenarios, it is not supported Concurrent data service and voice service of 4G network;
  • Single standby LTE single radio LTE, SRLTE
  • SRLTE single radio LTE
  • 2Rx/1Tx radio frequency
  • CDMA Code Division Multiple Access
  • CSFB single radio frequency
  • this solution will be in the LTE network
  • Simultaneous standby with CDMMA 1X network the scope of application includes single-card dual-standby. For telecom scenarios, it does not support concurrent data services and voice services on 4G networks:
  • Dual SIM dual active the basic configuration is two sets of radio frequency/external baseband, dual SIM dual communication, support 4G network data and voice services concurrent, the scope of application includes dual SIM dual standby dual communication, high cost, High power consumption;
  • the basic configuration is a set of radio frequency (2Rx/1Tx), dual-card dual-standby single-pass, different cards in the terminal cannot carry out voice services at the same time, dual-card dynamic scheduling of RF resources, periodic paging, and the scope of application includes Dual card dual standby single pass, low power consumption cost;
  • the technology with two sets of radio frequency modules has low availability due to high cost and power consumption;
  • the OverLay and Roaming solutions with one set of radio frequency modules are new solutions proposed in the 3GPP private network topic, but the disadvantages are also obvious:
  • Overlay The solution protocol is complicated, the UE processing resources are high, and the private network air interface resources are occupied; the Roaming solution needs to be based on the core network control panel and the user plane intercommunication interface, which is difficult to deploy and also occupies private network resources.
  • the radio frequency channel of the DSDS terminal is divided into primary and secondary channels, and the primary channel in the DSDS terminal includes the receiver (RX)
  • the auxiliary channel of the DSDS terminal only has RX and is the same as listening.
  • TX preemption occurs on a certain SIM card in a DSDS terminal, that is, when the main channel is occupied, other SIM cards will release resources, search the network and reside, and enter the idle state (IDLE), which cannot achieve efficient business concurrency. .
  • n cards and m communication in the terminal that is, when the terminal contains n SIM cards and m sets of radio frequency devices, where n is greater than m and m is an integer greater than 0 (for example, three cards, three standby, and dual communication , Four-card four-standby three-way terminal, etc.).
  • n is greater than m and m is an integer greater than 0 (for example, three cards, three standby, and dual communication , Four-card four-standby three-way terminal, etc.).
  • n is greater than m and m is an integer greater than 0
  • radio frequency channel preemption occurs on a certain SIM card, it will cause other SIM cards using the set of radio frequency resources to release resources and perform network search and reside, resulting in service interruption, thus failing to realize the service concurrency of n-card m-communication interruption.
  • n is an integer greater than 1, that is, when the number of SIM cards in the terminal is the same as the number of radio frequency channels (for example, dual-card dual-standby dual-pass , Three-card three-standby three-pass, four-card four-standby four-pass and other terminals), operators or users can set different priorities for different SIM cards, for example, a high-priority SIM card can use at least n sets of radio frequency channel cards Two, and a low-priority SIM card can only use one of the n sets of radio frequency channels.
  • a high-priority SIM card may preempt the radio frequency channel of a low-priority SIM card, causing this
  • the low-priority SIM card releases resources and performs network search and resides, which causes the service of the low-priority SIM card to be interrupted.
  • the radio frequency channel allowed by the low-priority SIM card is preempted, that is, due to the n
  • the card n communication terminal cannot achieve service concurrency, which causes the terminal to fail to meet user needs and greatly reduces user experience.
  • this application mainly aims at this problem and provides an air interface resource management method based on UE granularity (rather than based on SIM card), so as to realize efficient concurrency of public and private network services.
  • the multiple networks include at least two different networks.
  • the at least two different networks may include:
  • Figure 4-1 shows the scenario of a shared cell, that is, private network users and public network users can access their respective networks through the same cell (such as the current CAG cell, both private and public network users can access In), for the mobile phone multi-SIM card scenario, that is, one of the cards can access the private network, and the other card can access the public network, but the same cell is used to access them separately.
  • a shared cell that is, private network users and public network users can access their respective networks through the same cell (such as the current CAG cell, both private and public network users can access In)
  • the mobile phone multi-SIM card scenario that is, one of the cards can access the private network, and the other card can access the public network, but the same cell is used to access them separately.
  • FIG. 4-2 shows the scenario of sharing the Carrier Aggregation (CA) resource pool.
  • CA Carrier Aggregation
  • each frequency cell is called a component carrier (CC)
  • different networks can share different carrier components CC.
  • public/private network UEs can select independent/same primary component carrier (PCC), and use different carrier components CC (secondary component carrier, SCC) in the resource pool for aggregation to increase bandwidth .
  • PCC primary component carrier
  • SCC secondary component carrier
  • the base station can dynamically add/delete subcarrier cells.
  • the UE is a multi-card multi-standby terminal, including at least two SIM cards (ie, the first SIM card and the second SIM card).
  • the UE is also It may include a third SIM card, a fourth SIM card, or even more SIM cards to support multi-card communication, which is not limited here.
  • adaptive solutions are provided, which will be introduced separately below.
  • an embodiment of a communication method in the embodiment of the present application includes:
  • the terminal device sends a registration request message for requesting registration on the second network to the access network device through the RRC connection used for communication between the first network and the terminal device;
  • the terminal device sends a registration request message requesting registration in the second network to the access network device through the RRC connection used for communication between the first network and the terminal device.
  • the access network device performs step 501 Receive a registration request message from the terminal device requesting registration on the second network through the RRC connection used for communication between the first network and the terminal device.
  • the specific implementation of the terminal equipment and the access network equipment can be implemented by referring to the content of the aforementioned network element introduction, which can be specifically the terminal equipment and access of the LTE system, 5G system, or higher-level system.
  • Network equipment there is no limitation here.
  • the RRC connection in step 501 may be that the access network device pre-establishes an RRC connection for communication between the first network and the terminal device according to a standard procedure.
  • the terminal device may be a multi-card multi-standby terminal, that is, the terminal device includes at least a first user identification module and a second user identification module. Obviously, the terminal device may further include a third user identification module and a second user identification module. Four user identification modules or other more user identification modules to support multi-card multi-standby communication.
  • the user identification module in the terminal device may be a SIM, USIM, ISIM, eSIM, or other types of user identification modules.
  • the multi-card multi-standby terminal may specifically include n-card m-pass, that is, when the multi-card multi-standby terminal includes n SIM cards and m sets of radio frequency devices, where n is greater than m and m is an integer greater than 0 (
  • terminals such as three-card three-standby dual-pass, four-card four-standby three-pass, etc.
  • the multi-card multi-standby terminal may specifically include n-card n-pass, where n is an integer greater than 1, that is, the SIM in the terminal
  • the number of cards is the same as the number of radio frequency channels (for example, terminals such as dual-card dual-standby dual-pass, three-card three-standby three-pass, four-card four-standby four-pass, etc.), there is no limitation here.
  • the first user identification module corresponds to the first network
  • the second user identification module corresponds to the second network. That is, the first user identification module in the terminal device corresponds to the network information broadcasted by the RAN side. (If it is a public network broadcasting PLMN ID/if it is a CAG type private network, then broadcast PLMN ID+CAG ID/if it is a SNPN type private network, then broadcast PLMN ID+NID) and locally configured network selection priority information for NET selection, confirm The process of determining the second network by the second user identification module in the terminal device is similar to the process of determining the first network, and will not be repeated here.
  • the registration request message may also carry identification information of the second network.
  • the identification information of the second network may include identification information such as PLMN ID, CAG ID, and NID.
  • the first network and the second network may be the same communication network or different communication networks, where the communication network may include a public land mobile network PLMN, a non-public network NPN, or any other type of network. Make a limit.
  • the implementation process of step 501 may specifically include: the terminal device sends the second user identification module request to register on the second network to the access network device through the RRC connection used for communication between the first user identification module and the terminal device. The registration request message.
  • the terminal device may send the identification information of the first user identification module and the identification information of the second user identification module to the access network device through the RRC connection, so that the access network device It can be determined that the terminal device contains the first user identification module and the second user identification module.
  • the identification information of the first user identification module and the identification information of the second user identification module may be carried in the RRC uplink message sent by the terminal device to the access network device before step 501 (for example, RRC Setup Request).
  • RRC Reestablishment Request RRC Reestablishment Request
  • uplink data transmission UL Information Transfer
  • the terminal device may also carry an uplink cause value for the second user identification module, that is, cause 2 corresponding to the second user identification module is carried in the RRC uplink message.
  • the terminal device may further send a first instruction to the access network device through the RRC connection, where the first instruction is used to indicate that the RRC connection is used for multiple networks and the terminal device Specifically, the first indication may be carried in the UL Information Transfer message sent by the terminal device to the access network device before step 501, or carried in the message containing the registration request message sent in step 501, or the terminal
  • the other messages sent by the device to the access network device are not limited here; after that, the access network device should modify the RRC connection type to be shared by multiple networks according to the first instruction sent by the terminal device, and further ,
  • the access network device may also send to the terminal device a first downlink RRC message for indicating that the type of the RRC connection is common to the multiple networks, that is, the access network device may modify the RRC connection through the first instruction
  • the type of is shared by multiple networks, so in step 501, the access network device receives a registration request message from the terminal device requesting registration on the second network through an RRC connection shared by multiple
  • the terminal device may include multiple (at least two) user identification modules, and the first instruction may specifically indicate the RRC connection shared by some user identification modules among the multiple user identification modules of the terminal device.
  • the identification is carried out by the identification information of the first user identification module and the identification information of the second user identification module carried in the foregoing; it can also indicate the RRC connection shared by all user identifications in the multiple user identification modules of the terminal device.
  • the identification is performed by the identification information of the first user identification module, the identification information of the second user identification module, and the identification information of other user identification modules that may exist, which is not limited here.
  • the access network device can determine that the RRC connection is used for communication between multiple networks and the terminal device. After that, the access network device can determine that the RRC connection is used for communication between multiple networks and the terminal device.
  • the identification information of the user identification module and the identification information of the second user identification module are associated with the contexts corresponding to the two user identification modules, so that subsequent processing of the signaling for the first user identification module and the second user identification module
  • the networked devices may use the same signaling radio bearer (SRB) bearer or different SRB bearers.
  • SRB signaling radio bearer
  • the terminal device may also set trigger conditions according to the cell where the first user identification module resides and the cell where the second user identification module resides, wherein the first user identification module resides in the target cell
  • the service area of the access network device includes the target cell; wherein, when the terminal device determines that the second user identification module resides in the target cell, that is, when the terminal device determines that the first user identification module and the second user identification When the module resides in the same cell, at this time, the terminal device determines that the second user identification module can communicate through the RRC connection between the first user identification module and the access network device, and then the terminal device triggers execution Step 501 is to trigger the execution of sending a registration request message requesting registration on the second network to the access network device through the RRC connection used for communication between the first network and the terminal device.
  • the terminal device may receive system messages (such as master information block (MIB), system information block (SIB), or other information blocks) from the access network device by broadcasting.
  • system messages such as master information block (MIB), system information block (SIB), or other information blocks
  • MIB master information block
  • SIB system information block
  • the cell ID and other information determine the cell ID where the first user identification module resides and the cell ID of the second user identification module. If the cell IDs selected by the first user identification module and the second user identification module are the same, determine both The cells where they reside are the same, otherwise, it is determined that the cells where the two reside are different.
  • the access network device sends the registration request message to the core network device of the second network.
  • the access network device sends the registration request message to the core network device of the second network.
  • the core network device of the second network receives the registration request from the access network device in step 502 information.
  • the access network device determines the identification information of the second network in step 501, and sends the registration request message to the core network device of the second network according to the identification information of the second network, that is, sends the registration request message to the core network device.
  • a registration request message for the terminal device to request registration on the second network.
  • the core network device sends a registration response message to the access network device.
  • the core network device when the core network device determines that the terminal device is registered to the second network, the core network device sends a registration response message to the access network device.
  • the access network device receives in step 503 from the core network device. The registration response message of the device.
  • the terminal device may be a multi-card multi-standby terminal, where the terminal device at least includes a first user identification module and a second user identification module, and the first user identification module corresponds to the first network , The second user identification module corresponds to the second network, and after the access network device receives the identification information of the first user identification module and the identification information of the second user identification module from the terminal device through the RRC connection in step 501,
  • the access network device can determine that the terminal device contains the first user identification module and the second user identification module; thus, after step 503, that is, after the access network device receives the registration response message from the core network device, this ,
  • the access network device may determine that the terminal device is registered to the second network, and further, the access network device may determine the context corresponding to the identification information of the first user identification module and the identification information of the second user identification module Corresponding context association, that is, the access network device associates the RRC connection, the context corresponding to the identification information of the first user identification module, and the context corresponding to the identification
  • the access network device can determine that the terminal device is registered to the second network. At this time, the access The network device can establish an access layer AS security configuration shared by the first user identification module and the second user identification module with the terminal device.
  • the AS security configuration is a shared AS security configuration to avoid leakage of the AS security configuration. Risk, improve the communication security of the terminal device.
  • the access network device has already established the connection with the first user identification module in the terminal device.
  • the access network device can re-establish the first user identification module with the terminal device Access layer AS security configuration shared with the second user identification module.
  • traditional AS security is established separately based on different user identification modules, that is, different user identification modules will establish different AS security, if the second user identification module uses the AS context established by the first user identification module to communicate At this time, the second user identification module can obtain the AS context of the first user identification module.
  • the AS layer security of the first user identification module is reduced; therefore, the shared AS security established here is for multiple users
  • the identification modules are jointly established, thereby avoiding the risk of AS security configuration leakage, and improving the communication security of the terminal device to a certain extent.
  • the access network device can establish a NAS security process between the second network and the terminal device through the RRC connection.
  • the access network device can determine that the terminal device is registered to the second network.
  • the access The network device establishes a second non-access stratum NAS data link with the core network device regarding the second user identification module, and subsequent NAS data between the terminal device and the core network device of the second network can pass through the The NAS data link performs transmission.
  • the access network device receives a downlink NAS message from the core network device according to the second NAS data link, the access network device transmits to the second NAS through the RRC connection. 2.
  • the user identification module sends the downlink NAS message; and/or, when the access network device receives the uplink NAS message from the terminal device through the RRC connection, the access network device sends the message to the terminal device via the second NAS data link
  • the core network device sends the uplink NAS message.
  • the specific implementation process of the communication between the second user identification module and the core network device of the second network is provided to improve the feasibility of the solution, thereby improving the implementation flexibility of the solution.
  • the second NAS data link may include the S1 Application Protocol (S1AP) data link in the LTE scenario, and may include the NG Application Protocol (NGAP) data link in the 5G scenario It can also be implemented using other data links, which is not limited here.
  • the access network device can determine that the terminal device is registered to the second network. At this time, the access The network device may allocate a data radio bearer DRB to the first user identification module and the second user identification module; and/or, the access network device may allocate carrier components to the first user identification module and the second user identification module CC.
  • DRB data radio bearer
  • the access network device can respectively allocate the data radio bearer DRB and/or carrier component CC to the first user identification module and the second user identification module, so that the access network device can provide differentiated services for different user identification modules in the terminal device .
  • the access network equipment can be based on the service type of the public and private network (it can be any of NET ID, CAG ID, and NID).
  • DRB data radio bearers
  • the RAN upper layer (RRC, packet data convergence protocol (packet data convergence protocol, PDCP) or radio link control (radio link control) in the access network equipment, RLC)) inform the resource scheduler of the public and private network types of the data/service (logically belonging to the media access control (MAC) layer in the access network equipment);
  • RRC packet data convergence protocol
  • PDCP packet data convergence protocol
  • RLC radio link control
  • the resource scheduler can use a specific CC carrier according to the public and private network types of the data/service;
  • the resource scheduler can additionally allocate resources in the CC reasonably according to the public and private network types of the data/service (for example, ensure the proportion of public and private network services).
  • the access network device sends the registration response message to the terminal device through the RRC connection.
  • the access network device sends a registration response message to the terminal device through the RRC connection. Accordingly, the terminal device receives the registration response message from the access network device through the RRC connection in step 504.
  • the access network device may also pass a second instruction in step 504, and the second instruction is used to indicate that the registration response message is associated with the second user identification module in the terminal device, so that the The terminal device determines according to the second instruction that the second user identification module is registered to the second network, and subsequently the second user identification module in the terminal device can communicate with the core network device of the second network through the RRC connection, Realize the concurrent service of terminal equipment.
  • the second indication may be an explicit indication or an implicit indication, specifically:
  • the access network device sends a second instruction to the terminal device through the RRC connection, where the second instruction may be implemented by the access network device to the terminal device.
  • the implementation of the newly added special fields in the RRC downlink messages sent by the terminal equipment (such as the RRC setup message, the RRC Reestablishment Request message, or the RRC Reestablishment message, etc.), which can also be access
  • the newly added type information implementation of the RRC downlink message (such as RRC setup message, RRC reset message or RRC rebuild message, etc.) sent by the network device to the terminal device can also be implemented in other ways, which is not limited here;
  • the access network device sends a second instruction to the terminal device through the RRC connection, where the second instruction may be the access network device renewing in specific implementation. Create a new message, which is different from the commonly used RRC downlink message, and is used to indicate that the registration response message is associated with the designated user identification module (second user identification module) in the terminal device.
  • the access network device after the access network device establishes the RRC connection for communication between the first network and the terminal device, the access network device receives the RRC connection from the terminal through the RRC connection for communication between the first network and the terminal device.
  • the device requests a registration request message for registering on the second network, and sends the registration request message to the core network device of the corresponding second network.
  • the The access network device sends the registration response message to the terminal device to complete the registration process of the terminal device in the second network, that is, the access network device manages the air interface resources of the terminal device through the established RRC connection with the terminal device , Use the way of multiplexing RRC connection to realize the service concurrency of the terminal equipment and improve the communication efficiency.
  • FIG. 6 another embodiment of a communication method in the embodiment of the present application includes:
  • the access network device establishes a shared radio resource control RRC connection used for communication between multiple networks and terminal devices.
  • the access network device can establish a shared radio resource control RRC connection for communication between multiple networks and the terminal device according to the RRC request message of the terminal device.
  • the terminal device may be a multi-card multi-standby terminal, where the terminal device at least includes a first user identification module and a second user identification module, and the first user identification module corresponds to the first network
  • the second user identification module corresponds to the second network.
  • the user identification module in the terminal device may be a SIM, USIM, ISIM, eSIM or other types of user identification modules.
  • the multi-card multi-standby terminal may specifically include n-card m-pass, that is, when the multi-card multi-standby terminal includes n SIM cards and m sets of radio frequency devices, where n is greater than m and m is an integer greater than 0 (
  • terminals such as three-card three-standby dual-pass, four-card four-standby three-pass, etc.
  • the multi-card multi-standby terminal may specifically include n-card n-pass, where n is an integer greater than 1, that is, the SIM in the terminal
  • the number of cards is the same as the number of radio frequency channels (for example, terminals such as dual-card dual-standby dual-pass, three-card three-standby three-pass, four-card four-standby four-pass, etc.), there is no limitation here.
  • the process for the access network device to establish the RRC connection may specifically include: the access network device receives the identification information of the first user identification module and the identification information of the second user identification module from the terminal device, so that the The access network device may determine that the terminal device contains the first user identification module and the second user identification module, and the access network device is established to share the first user identification module and the second user identification module in the terminal device After the RRC connection of the terminal device, the first user identification module and the second user identification module of the terminal device both realize communication through the RRC connection, so as to realize the concurrent service of the terminal device with multiple cards and multiple standbys.
  • the identification information of the first user identification module and the identification information of the second user identification module may be carried by the RRC uplink message sent by the terminal device to the access network device (for example, the RRC Setup Request message, the RRC reestablishment request ( RRC Reestablishment Request message, uplink data transmission (UL Information Transfer) message, etc.).
  • the terminal device may also carry different uplink cause values for different user identification modules, that is, in this RRC uplink message.
  • the RRC uplink message carries cause 1 corresponding to the first user identification module and cause 2 corresponding to the second user identification module.
  • the access network device may send basic configuration information to the terminal device (for example, radio bearer configuration (RadioBearerConfig), primary cell group ( MasterCellGroup) information, etc.), after receiving the configuration information, the terminal device can configure the same SRB or different SRBs for the first user identification module and the second user identification module, and subsequently can simultaneously send the first user through the common RRC connection The registration request message of the identification module and the second user identification module.
  • radio bearer configuration RadioBearerConfig
  • MasterCellGroup primary cell group
  • the terminal device may also set trigger conditions according to the cell where the first user identification module resides and the cell where the second user identification module resides, wherein, the service area of the access network device includes a target cell, and when the terminal device determines that the cell where the second user identification module resides and the cell where the first user identification module resides are both the target cell, the terminal device It is determined that the second user identification module can communicate through the RRC connection between the first user identification module and the access network device.
  • the terminal device triggers the execution of sending the RRC uplink message to the access network device, thereby, The success rate of subsequent registration of the first user identification module and the second user identification module in the terminal device through the access network device is improved, and the communication efficiency is further improved.
  • the access network device receives a first registration request message requesting registration on the first network and a second registration request message requesting registration on the second network from the terminal device through the RRC connection.
  • the access network device receives a first registration request message requesting registration on the first network and a second registration request message requesting registration on the second network from the terminal device through the RRC connection. Accordingly, the terminal device performs step 602 , Sending a first registration request message requesting registration in the first network and a second registration request message requesting registration in the second network to the access network device through the RRC connection.
  • the first user identification module corresponds to the first network
  • the second user identification module corresponds to the second network. That is, the first user identification module in the terminal device corresponds to the network broadcasted on the RAN side.
  • Information if it is a public network broadcast PLMN ID/if it is a CAG type private network, broadcast PLMN ID+CAG ID/if it is a SNPN type private network, broadcast PLMN ID+NID
  • the first network is determined; wherein, the process of determining the second network by the second user identification module in the terminal device is similar to the process of determining the first network, and will not be repeated here.
  • the registration request message may also carry identification information of the second network.
  • the identification information of the second network may include identification information such as PLMN ID, CAG ID, and NID.
  • the first network and the second network may be the same communication network or different communication networks, where the communication network may include a public land mobile network PLMN, a non-public network NPN, or any other type of network. Make a limit.
  • the implementation process of step 501 may specifically include: the terminal device sends the second user identification module request to register on the second network to the access network device through the RRC connection used for communication between the first user identification module and the terminal device. The registration request message.
  • the first registration request message and the second registration request message may also carry the identification information of the first network and the identification information of the second network, specifically, the identification information of the first network and the identification information of the second network.
  • the information may include identification information such as PLMN ID, CAG ID, and NID.
  • the access network device sends a first request message to the core network device of the first network.
  • the access network device sends the first request message to the core network device of the first network.
  • the core network device of the first network receives the first request from the access network device. information.
  • the access network device determines the identification information of the first network in step 602, and sends a first registration request message to the core network device of the first network according to the identification information of the first network, that is, to the first network
  • the core network device sends a first registration request message for the terminal device to request registration on the first network.
  • the access network device receives the first registration response message from the core network device of the first network.
  • the access network device receives the first registration response message from the core network device of the first network.
  • the core network device determines that the terminal device is registered to the first network.
  • the core network device of the first network sends the first registration response message to the access network device.
  • the access network device may further establish a relationship with the core network device of the first network.
  • the first non-access stratum NAS data link of the first user identification module and subsequent NAS data between the terminal device and the core network device of the first network can be transmitted through the first NAS data link, specifically
  • the access network device when the access network device receives the first downlink NAS message from the core network device of the first network through the first NAS data link, the access network device communicates to the terminal device through the RRC connection Sending the first downlink NAS message, the first downlink NAS message carrying the identification information of the first user identification module; and/or, the access network device receives the first downlink NAS message from the terminal device through the RRC connection
  • the access network device sends the first uplink NAS message to the core network device of the first network through the first NAS data link, and the first uplink NAS message carries the information of the first
  • the first NAS data link may include an S1AP data link in an LTE scenario, and may include an NGAP data link in a 5G scenario, and may also be implemented using other data links, which is not limited here.
  • the access network device can establish a NAS security process between the first network and the terminal device through the RRC connection.
  • the access network device sends a second request message to the core network device of the second network.
  • the access network device sends the second request message to the core network device of the second network.
  • the core network device of the second network receives the second request message from the access network device in step 603 .
  • the access network device determines the identification information of the second network in step 602, and sends a second registration request message to the core network device of the second network according to the identification information of the second network, that is, to the second network
  • the core network device sends a second registration request message for the terminal device to request registration on the second network.
  • the access network device receives a second registration response message from the core network device of the second network.
  • the access network device receives the second registration response message from the core network device of the second network.
  • the core network device determines that the terminal device is registered to the second network.
  • the core network device of the second network sends the second registration response message to the access network device.
  • the access network device may establish a relationship with the core network device of the second network regarding the The second NAS data link of the second user identification module, and subsequent NAS data between the terminal device and the core network device of the second network can be transmitted through the NAS data link, specifically: in the access network
  • the access network device sends the second downlink NAS message to the terminal device through the RRC connection, the The second downlink NAS message carries the identification information of the second user identification module; and/or, when the access network device receives the second uplink NAS message from the terminal device through the RRC connection, the access network device
  • the second uplink NAS message is sent to the core network device of the second network through the second NAS data link, and the second uplink NAS message carries the identification information of the second user identification module.
  • the second NAS data link may include the S1AP data link in the LTE scenario, and may include the NGAP data link in the 5G scenario, and may also be implemented using other data links, which is not limited here.
  • the access network device can establish a NAS security process between the second network and the terminal device through the RRC connection.
  • step 603 is executed before step 604, and step 605 is executed before step 606, but the order of execution of step 603 and step 605 is not limited in this application.
  • the access network device After step 604 and step 606, that is, the access network device receives the first registration response message from the core network device of the first network, and receives the second registration response message from the core network device of the second network. After responding to the message, the access network device may further establish an access layer AS security configuration shared with the terminal device regarding the first user identification module and the second user identification module, that is, the AS security configuration is a shared AS Security configuration.
  • AS security configuration is a shared AS Security configuration.
  • traditional AS security is established separately based on different user identification modules, that is, different user identification modules will establish different AS security, and the shared AS security established here is jointly established for multiple user identification modules , Thereby avoiding the risk of AS security configuration leakage, and improving the communication security of the terminal device to a certain extent.
  • the access network device receives the first registration response message from the core network device of the first network, and receives the second registration response message from the core network device of the second network. After responding to the message, the access network device may further allocate a data radio bearer DRB to the first user identification module and the second user identification module; and/or, the access network device is the first user identification module and the second user identification module The second user identification module allocates the carrier component CC.
  • DRB data radio bearer
  • the access network device can respectively allocate the data radio bearer DRB and/or carrier component CC to the first user identification module and the second user identification module, so that the access network device can provide differentiated services for different user identification modules in the terminal device .
  • DRB and CC For the specific allocation process of the DRB and CC by the access network device, reference may be made to the content of the embodiment shown in FIG. 5, which will not be repeated here.
  • the terminal device may be a multi-card multi-standby terminal, where the terminal device at least includes a first user identification module and a second user identification module, and the first user identification module corresponds to the first network , The second user identification module corresponds to the second network, and after the access network device receives the identification information of the first user identification module and the identification information of the second user identification module from the terminal device through the RRC connection in step 601,
  • the access network device can determine that the terminal device contains the first user identification module and the second user identification module; thus, after step 604 and step 606, that is, after the access network device receives the first user identification module After the first registration response message of the core network device of the network and the second registration response message from the core network device of the second network are received, at this time, the access network device can determine that the terminal device is respectively registered to the first network And the second network, further, the access network device may associate the context corresponding to the identification information of the first user identification module with the context corresponding to the identification information of the second user identification module, that is
  • the access network device sends a first registration response message and a second registration response message to the terminal device through the RRC connection.
  • the access network device sends the first registration response message and the second registration response message to the terminal device through the RRC connection.
  • the terminal device receives the first registration response message from the access network device through the RRC connection.
  • a registration response message and a second registration response message are examples of the access network device.
  • the access network device may further send a third instruction and a fourth instruction to the terminal device, where the third instruction is used to indicate the first registration response
  • the message is associated with the first user identification module in the terminal device
  • the fourth indication is used to indicate that the second registration response message is associated with the second user identification module in the terminal device.
  • the specific implementation process of the third instruction and the fourth instruction may be an explicit instruction manner or an implicit instruction manner. For the implementation process of the third instruction and the fourth instruction, refer to the embodiment shown in FIG. 5, which will not be repeated here.
  • the access network device establishes a shared radio resource control RRC connection for communication between multiple networks and terminal devices, and receives a first registration request from the terminal device to register on the first network through the RRC connection.
  • the request message and the second registration request message for requesting registration in the second network, after receiving the first registration response message from the core network device of the first network, and receiving the second registration from the core network device of the second network
  • the access network device sends the first registration response message and the second registration response message to the terminal device through the RRC connection to complete the registration process of the terminal device in the first network and the second network, That is, the access network device manages the air interface resources of the terminal device through the shared RRC connection used for communication between multiple networks and the terminal device, and uses the multiplexed RRC connection method to implement the service concurrency of the terminal device and improve the communication efficiency.
  • another embodiment of a communication method in the embodiment of the present application includes:
  • the access network device acquires identification information of the first network registered by the first user identification module, and second network identification information registered by the second user identification module.
  • the access network device obtains the identification information of the first network registered by the first user identification module and the second network identification information registered by the second user identification module, where the first user identification module and the The second user identification module is contained in the same terminal device.
  • the terminal device may be a multi-card multi-standby terminal, where the terminal device includes at least a first user identification module and a second user identification module, and the first user identification module is registered with the first user identification module.
  • the second user identification module is registered on the second network.
  • the user identification module in the terminal device may be a SIM, USIM, ISIM, eSIM, or other types of user identification modules.
  • the multi-card multi-standby terminal may specifically include n-card m-pass, that is, when the multi-card multi-standby terminal includes n SIM cards and m sets of radio frequency devices, where n is greater than m and m is an integer greater than 0 (
  • terminals such as three-card three-standby dual-pass, four-card four-standby three-pass, etc.
  • the multi-card multi-standby terminal may specifically include n-card n-pass, where n is an integer greater than 1, that is, the SIM in the terminal
  • the number of cards is the same as the number of radio frequency channels (for example, terminals such as dual-card dual-standby dual-pass, three-card three-standby three-pass, four-card four-standby four-pass, etc.), there is no limitation here.
  • first network and the second network may be the same communication network or different communication networks, where the communication network may include a public land mobile network PLMN, a non-public network NPN, or any other type of network. Make a limit.
  • PLMN public land mobile network
  • NPN non-public network
  • the access network device allocates wireless data resources to the first user identification module and the second user identification module according to the identification information of the first network and the identification information of the second network, respectively.
  • the access network device allocates wireless data resources to the first user identification module and the second user identification module according to the identification information of the first network and the identification information of the second network, respectively, where ,
  • the wireless data resource includes a data radio bearer DRB and/or a carrier component CC.
  • the execution process of step 702 may include: the access network device determines the type information of the first network according to the identification information of the first network, and determines the type information according to the identification information of the second network To output the type information of the second network; further, the access network device allocates the first user identification module and the second user identification module according to the type information of the first network and the type information of the second network.
  • the wireless data resource In other words, the access network device can specifically distinguish between the first network registered by the first user identification module and the second network registered by the second user identification module according to the type information of the first network and the type information of the second network.
  • the type of the network and further allocate the wireless data resources to the first user identification module and the second user identification module respectively according to the type information, provide the specific implementation process of the allocation of wireless data resources in the access network equipment, and improve the solution
  • the realizability further improves the realization flexibility of this scheme.
  • the access network device when the access network device determines that both the first user identification module and the second user identification module in the terminal device communicate through the access network device, the access network device obtains the first user identification module registered by the first user identification module.
  • the identification information of a network, and the second network identification information registered by the second user identification module the access network device can allocate the data radio bearer DRB and/or to the first user identification module and the second user identification module, respectively Carrier component CC, so that the access network equipment can provide differentiated services for different user identification modules in the terminal equipment, and optimize the allocation process of wireless data resources in the access network equipment.
  • the embodiments of this application are described above with reference to Figures 5 to 7. The following will further introduce this application through Figures 8 to 11 in combination with specific application scenarios.
  • the terminal equipment UE
  • the user identification module can be USIM, ISIM, eSIM, or other types of user identification modules, and the application scenarios can be LTE, 5G, 6G, and other communication systems.
  • terminal equipment The user identification module is USIM
  • the network equipment is shared-RAN
  • the application scenario is 5G as an example.
  • another embodiment of a communication method in the embodiment of the present application includes:
  • Step 1 The UE communicates with the shared-RAN, the USIM1 in the UE completes the RRC establishment process, and establishes the RRC connection 1;
  • Step 2 The UE communicates with the shared-RAN, and the USIM1 in the UE completes the NAS security process;
  • Step 3 The UE communicates with the shared-RAN, and the USIM1 in the UE completes the AS security process;
  • Step 4 The UE, shared-RAN and CN1 communicate with each other, and the USIM1 in the UE completes the registration process in NET1-CN1;
  • Step 5 Communicate between shared-RAN and CN1 to complete CN1-NGAP UE-TNLA binding (5G-S-TMSI1/GUAMI1 identification);
  • the USIM1 in the UE independently completes the RRC establishment, NAS security, AS security, CN1 registration procedures, and completes the CN1-NGAP tunnel establishment, that is, RAN and CN1 have established an NGAP tunnel, and use the UE to identify the 5G system Architecture evolution temporary mobile station identifier (5G-System architecture evolution, 5G-S-TMSI)1 or globally unique AMF identifier (GUAMI)1 for unique identification, and subsequent NAS messages can use this
  • 5G system Architecture evolution temporary mobile station identifier 5G-System architecture evolution, 5G-S-TMSI
  • GUIMI globally unique AMF identifier
  • Step 6 The USIM2 in the UE initiates a registration request to CN2 after completing NET2 selection, cell selection and camping;
  • Step 7 When the UE finds that NET1 and NET2 reside in the same cell, it directly initiates a registration request for NET2 through RRC connection 1;
  • step 7 the UE finds that NET1 and NET2 reside in the same cell, and USIM1 has established RRC connection 1, and directly initiates a registration request for NET2 through RRC connection 1, which triggers the execution of step 8.
  • the specific UE can judge whether the cell IDs are the same through the broadcasted cell ID in the system message MIB/SIB. If the cell IDs selected by the USIM1 and USIM2 are the same, it is determined that the cells where the two are camping are the same.
  • Step 8 The UE sends UL Information Transfer (Indication 1, selected NET2-ID, NAS Message [Registration Request (Registration Request) message 2] to the shared-RAN);
  • step 8 the UE uses RRC connection 1 to send the registration information of USIM2, and also includes special indication Indication1, selected NET2-ID and other information:
  • Registration information where the registration information of USIM2 is included in the NAS message, which is forwarded by the RAN to the corresponding core network through the NGAP message;
  • the USIM2 in the UE will broadcast PLMN ID according to the network information broadcast on the RAN side (if it is a public network broadcast PLMN ID/if it is a CAG type private network, broadcast PLMN ID+CAG ID/if it is a SNPN type private network, broadcast PLMN ID +NID) and locally configured network selection priority information for NET selection, and then send the selected NET2-ID (PLMN ID or PLMN ID+CAG ID or PLMN ID+NID) to the RAN side together with the registration information;
  • the RRC message also needs to carry a special indication Indication1 to inform the RAN side that the message is from USIM2. After receiving it, the RAN side needs to forward the carried NAS message to the NET2-ID corresponding to the selected NET2-ID information.
  • the special instructions are considered to be implicit instructions;
  • Step 9 The RAN forwards the NAS message to CN2 according to Indication 1 and NET2-ID;
  • Step 10 The communication between UE, shared-RAN and CN1, the NAS security process is completed between USIM2, RAN and CN2 in the UE, which is also completed by means of RRC connection 1;
  • Step 11 The RAN forwards CN2's response NAS message (Registration Request2) to USIM2 through RRC connection 1;
  • Step 12 Shared-RAN downstream data transmission (DL Information Transfer) (carrying Indication 2, NAS Message (Registration Accept2));
  • Step 13 The UE forwards the NAS message to USIM2 according to Indication 2;
  • step 11 to step 13 the registration acceptance NAS message returned by CN2 is also sent to the UE through RRC connection 1, and the RAN side needs to carry a special indication Indication2 in the RRC message to instruct the UE to carry the NAS in the RRC message.
  • the message is forwarded to USIM2 for processing;
  • Step 14 Communicate between shared-RAN and CN2, so that the USIM2 in the UE completes CN2-NGAP UE-TNLA binding (5G-S-TMSI2/GUAMI2 identification);
  • the RAN completes the establishment of the CN2-NGAP tunnel, that is, the RAN and CN2 have established an NGAP tunnel, and are uniquely identified using the UE identifier 5G-S-TMSI2 or GUAMI2, and subsequent NAS messages can be transmitted to the CN2 side through the tunnel;
  • Step 15 RAN associates the context of USIM1 and USIM2 (associates 5G-S-TMSI1/GUAMI1 and 5G-S-TMSI2/GUAMI2);
  • Step 16 Subsequent interaction between USIM2 and RAN, as well as interaction between USIM2 and CN2 are all transmitted through RRC connection 1, and the RRC message may carry an indication.
  • RAN associates the context of USIM1 and USIM2, that is, associates RRC connection 1, CN1-NGAP tunnel, and CN2-NGAP tunnel. Subsequent CN1-NAS and CN2-NAS message interactions are all transmitted through RRC connection 1.
  • RRC The message may carry an indication for instructing the RAN side to forward the NAS message to the corresponding CN.
  • the process of the relevant steps performed by the access network equipment (RAN) and the terminal equipment (UE) can also be implemented by the process corresponding to the foregoing embodiment of FIG. 5, which will not be repeated here.
  • the USIM2 in the UE reuses the existing RRC connection of USIM1, and the access network equipment (RAN) manages the air interface resources of the terminal equipment through the established RRC connection with the terminal equipment (UE), using multiplexing RRC
  • the connection mode realizes the concurrent service of the terminal equipment and improves the communication efficiency.
  • another embodiment of a communication method in the embodiment of the present application includes:
  • Step 1 When the UE finds that NET1 and NET2 reside in the same cell, it can use shared RRC to establish a connection and initiate registration;
  • step 1 the UE finds that the cells where NET1 and NET2 reside are the same, and initiates a shared RRC connection establishment process, which triggers the execution of step 2.
  • the specific UE can judge whether the cell IDs are the same through the broadcasted cell ID in the system message MIB/SIB. If the cell IDs selected by the USIM1 and USIM2 are the same, it is determined that the cells where the two are camping are the same.
  • Step 2 The UE sends an RRC Setup Request (Indication 1, UE ID1, Cause1, UE ID2, Cause2) to the shared-RAN;
  • step 2 Among the information carried in step 2:
  • Indication 1 used to instruct the RAN side to establish a common RRC connection according to the dual-card information carried in the RRC message;
  • UE ID2, Cause1 respectively represent the identity of the underlying UE such as C-RNTI1 (or an initial random value) and the value of the reason for establishing the USIM1 RRC connection;
  • UE ID2 and Cause2 respectively represent the identity of the underlying UE such as C-RNTI2 (which may also be an initial random value) and the value of the reason for establishing the USIM2 RRC connection.
  • Step 3 The shared-RAN sends RRC Setup (RadioBearerConfig, MasterCellGroup) to the UE;
  • Step 4 The UE configures the same SRB for USIM1 and USIM2 and sends a Register NAS message at the same time, that is, step 5 is executed to send RRC Setup Complete to the shared-RAN;
  • the RRC Setup message sends basic configuration information to the UE side (such as RadioBearerConfig/MasterCellGroup information), and the UE side receives it through a common RRC connection (that is, the same SRB). ) Simultaneously send the registered NAS messages of USIM1 and USIM2;
  • Step 5 The UE sends RRC Setup Complete (Indication 2, Selected NET1-ID, NAS1, Selected NET2-ID, NAS2) to the shared-RAN. After that, after step 5, the UE can configure the same SRB for USIM1 and USIM2 or different SRB;
  • step 5 Among the information carried in step 5:
  • Indicaiton2 is used to inform the RAN side that the message is from USIM1 and USIM2. After receiving the message, the RAN side needs to forward the carried NAS message to the CN network corresponding to the NET-ID according to the selected NET-ID information.
  • Selected NET-ID1, NAS1, and USIM1 in the UE will broadcast PLMN ID according to the network information broadcast on the RAN side (if it is a public network broadcast PLMN ID/if it is a CAG type private network, broadcast PLMN ID+CAG ID/if it is a SNPN type private network, broadcast PLMN ID+NID) and the locally configured network selection priority information for NET selection, and then send the selected NET1-ID (PLMN ID or PLMN ID+CAG ID or PLMN ID+NID) together with the registration information (included in NAS1) To the RAN side;
  • Selected NET-ID2, NAS2, and USIM2 in the UE will broadcast the PLMN according to the network information broadcast on the RAN side (if it is a public network broadcast PLMN ID/if it is a CAG type private network, then broadcast PLMN ID+CAG ID/if it is an SNPN type private network, broadcast PLMN ID+NID) and locally configured network selection priority information for NET selection, and then send the selected NET2-ID (PLMN ID or PLMN ID+CAG ID or PLMN ID+NID) together with the registration information (included in NAS2) To the RAN side.
  • PLMN ID or PLMN ID+CAG ID or PLMN ID+NID Registration information
  • Step 6 The RAN forwards the NAS message to CN1 according to Indication1, and receives the response NAS message (Registration Accept1) from CN1;
  • Step 7 The RAN forwards the NAS message to CN2 according to Indication2, and receives the response NAS message (Registration Accept2) from CN2;
  • Step 8 The UE, shared-RAN and CN1 communicate with each other, and the NA security process is completed between the USIM1, RAN and CN1 in the UE;
  • Step 9 The UE, shared-RAN and CN2 communicate with each other, and the USIM2 in the UE, RAN and CN2 complete the NA security process;
  • Step 10 The shared-RAN sends a Security Mode Command (Indication 3, Registration Accept1, Registration Accept2) to the UE;
  • Step 11 The UE establishes public AS security for USIM1 and USIM2 according to Indication 3;
  • Step 12 The UE sends Security Mode Complete to the shared-RAN;
  • step 10 to step 12 it is mainly used to establish the AS layer security of UE and RAN.
  • the traditional establishment of AS security is based on the granularity of USIM1, but in the process of establishing a public RRC connection, the RAN side needs to carry special instructions for Instruct the UE to establish public AS security for USIM1 and USIM2;
  • Step 14 The shared-RAN communicates with CN1 and CN2 to complete CN1-NGAP UE-TNLA binding (5G-S-TMSI1/GUAMI1 identification) and complete CN2-NGAP UE-TNLA binding (5G-S-TMSI2/ GUAMI2 logo);
  • the RAN completes the establishment of the CN1-NGAP tunnel, that is, the RAN and CN1 have established an NGAP tunnel, and the UE identifier 5G-S-TMSI1 or GUAMI1 is used for unique identification, and subsequent NAS messages can be transmitted to the CN1 side through the tunnel;
  • the RAN side has also completed the establishment of the CN2-NGAP tunnel, that is, RAN and CN2 have established an NGAP tunnel, and are uniquely identified using the UE identifier 5G-S-TMSI2 or GUAMI2, and subsequent NAS messages can be transmitted to the CN2 side through the tunnel;
  • Step 15 RAN associates the context of USIM1 and USIM2 (associates 5G-S-TMSI1/GUAMI1 and 5G-S-TMSI2/GUAMI2);
  • Step 16 Subsequent USIM1 and USIM2 are both transmitted through a common RRC connection, and the RRC message may carry an indication.
  • the RAN associates the context of USIM1 and USIM2, that is, the RRC connection, CN1-NGAP tunnel, and CN2-NGAP tunnel common to USIM1 and USIM2, and subsequent CN1-NAS and CN2-NAS message interactions pass through this common
  • the RRC message can carry an indication to instruct the RAN side to forward the NAS message to the corresponding CN.
  • the process of the related steps performed by the access network equipment (RAN) and the terminal equipment (UE) can also be implemented by the process corresponding to the embodiment of FIG. 6 described above, and will not be repeated here.
  • the USIM1 and USIM2 cards in the UE multiplex an RRC connection, and at the same time, a shared AS layer security needs to be established.
  • a shared AS layer security needs to be established.
  • USIM2 uses the AS context established by USIM1 to communicate, USIM2 can obtain the AS context of USIM1.
  • the AS layer security of USIM1 is reduced; therefore, the shared AS security established here It is jointly established for multiple USIMs, thereby avoiding the risk of AS security configuration leakage, and improving the communication security of the terminal equipment to a certain extent; in addition, the access network equipment (RAN) is used in multiple networks (CN)
  • the shared RRC connection that communicates with the terminal equipment (UE) manages the air interface resources of the terminal equipment, and uses the multiplexed RRC connection to realize the concurrent service of the terminal equipment and improve the communication efficiency.
  • another embodiment of a communication method in the embodiment of the present application includes:
  • Step 1 The UE communicates with the shared-RAN, the USIM1 in the UE completes the RRC establishment process, and establishes the RRC connection 1;
  • Step 2 The UE, shared-RAN and CN1 communicate with each other, and the USIM1 in the UE completes the NAS security process;
  • Step 3 The UE communicates with the shared-RAN, and the USIM1 in the UE completes the AS security process;
  • Step 4 The UE, shared-RAN and CN1 communicate with each other, and the USIM1 in the UE completes the registration process in NET1-CN1;
  • Step 5 Communicate between shared-RAN and CN1 to complete the binding of USIM1 and CN1-NGAP UE-TNLA in the UE (5G-S-TMSI1/GUAMI1 identification);
  • the USIM1 in the UE independently completes the RRC establishment, NAS security, AS security, CN1 registration procedures, and completes the CN1-NGAP tunnel establishment, that is, RAN and CN1 have established an NGAP tunnel, and use the UE identity 5G- S-TMSI1 or GUAMI1 is uniquely identified, and subsequent NAS messages can be transmitted to the CN1 side through the tunnel;
  • Step 6 The USIM2 in the UE initiates a registration request to CN2 after completing NET2 selection, cell selection and camping;
  • Step 7 When the UE finds that the cells where NET1 and NET2 reside are the same, it initiates a new RRC connection request and carries an indication 1;
  • step 7 the UE finds that NET1 and NET2 reside in the same cell, and USIM1 has established RRC connection 1, and directly initiates the registration request of NET2 through RRC connection 1.
  • the specific UE can use the system message MIB/SIB in The broadcasted cell ID and other information determine whether the cell to be camped on is the same. If the cell IDs selected by USIM1 and USIM2 are the same, it is determined that the cells where the two are camped on are the same;
  • Step 8 The UE sends UL Information Transfer (Indication 1, UE ID 1, UE ID 2, Cause 1) to the shared-RAN;
  • the UE carries Indication1, UE ID1, UE ID2, and Cause1 in RRC connection 1, where Indication1 is used to instruct the RAN side to modify the RRC connection type to be shared, and to associate the context of USIM1 and USIM2;
  • UE ID1 indicates that the RAN side is Underlying UE identifiers such as C-RNTI1 assigned by USIM1;
  • UE ID2 represents the underlying UE identifiers such as C-RNTI2 assigned by the RAN side for USIM2;
  • Cause1 represents the value of the reason for uplink RRC message transmission.
  • the UE may also carry Indication1, UE ID1, UE ID2, and Cause1 in other messages, such as RRC Setup Request (RRC Setup Request) messages, RRC Reestablishment Requests (RRC Reestablishment Request), etc., which are not included here. Make a limit.
  • RRC Setup Request RRC Setup Request
  • RRC Reestablishment Request RRC Reestablishment Request
  • Step 9 RAN associates the context of UE ID 2 according to Indication 1 and UE ID 1;
  • the RAN side can use the same SRB bearer or different SRB bearers for the signaling of USIM1 and USIM2 according to the corresponding context associated with UE ID1 and UE ID2;
  • Step 10 The shared-RAN sends an RRC reconfiguration (RRC Reconfiguration) message (carrying RadioBearerConfig, MasterCellGroup) to the UE;
  • the RAN may also carry RadioBearerConfig, MasterCellGroup, etc. in other messages, such as an RRC setup (RRC setup) message, an RRC reestablishment (RRC Reestablishment Request) message, or an RRC reestablishment (RRC Reestablishment) message, etc.
  • RRC setup RRC setup
  • RRC Reestablishment Request RRC reestablishment
  • RRC Reestablishment RRC Reestablishment
  • Step 11 The UE sends RRC Reconfiguration Complete to the shared-RAN;
  • Step 12 The UE sends UL Information Transfer (Indication 2, selected NET2-ID, NAS Message (second registration request message, Registration Request 2)) to the shared-RAN;
  • UL Information Transfer Indication 2, selected NET2-ID, NAS Message (second registration request message, Registration Request 2)
  • the UE may also carry Indication 2, selected NET2-ID, NAS Message (Registration Request 2), etc., in other messages, such as an RRC Reestablishment Complete (RRC Reestablishment Complete) message.
  • Indication 2 selected NET2-ID
  • NAS Message Registration Request 2
  • RRC Reestablishment Complete RRC Reestablishment Complete
  • step 10 to step 12 the RAN side modifies the RRC connection 1 as a shared RRC connection.
  • the UE sends a special indication Indication2, the selected NET2-ID and other information:
  • Registration information where the registration information of USIM2 is included in the NAS message, which is forwarded by the RAN to the corresponding core network through the NGAP message;
  • the USIM2 in the UE will broadcast PLMN ID according to the network information broadcast on the RAN side (if it is a public network broadcast PLMN ID/if it is a CAG type private network, broadcast PLMN ID+CAG ID/if it is a SNPN type private network, broadcast PLMN ID +NID) and locally configured network selection priority information for NET selection, and then send the selected NET2-ID (PLMN ID or PLMN ID+CAG ID or PLMN ID+NID) to the RAN side together with the registration information;
  • the RRC message also needs to carry a special indication Indication2 to inform the RAN side that the message is from USIM2. After receiving it, the RAN side needs to forward the carried NAS message to the NET2-ID corresponding to the selected NET2-ID information. In the CN network. It should be noted that if the RRC message type itself has a special indication function, the special indication here is considered to be an implicit indication.
  • Step 13 The RAN forwards the NAS message to CN2 according to Indication2 and NET2-ID, and receives the response NAS message from CN2 (the second registration response message, Registration Accept2);
  • Step 14 The UE, the shared-RAN, and CN2 communicate with each other, so that the USIM2, RAN, and CN2 in the UE complete the NAS security process;
  • Step 15 RAN re-establish AS security (UE equipment level);
  • Step 16 The USIM2 in the UE completes CN2-NGAP UE-TNLA binding (5G-S-TMSI2/GUAMI2 identification);
  • the RAN side completes the establishment of the CN2-NGAP tunnel, that is, the RAN and CN2 have established an NGAP tunnel, and the UE identifier 5G-S-TMSI2 or GUAMI2 is used for unique identification, and subsequent NAS messages can be transmitted to the CN2 side through the tunnel;
  • Step 18 Subsequent interaction between USIM2 and RAN, and interaction between USIM2 and CN2 are all transmitted through a shared RRC connection, and the RRC message can carry an indication.
  • RAN associates the context of USIM1 and USIM2, that is, RRC connection 1, CN1-NGAP tunnel and CN2-NGAP tunnel. Subsequent CN1-NAS and CN2-NAS message interactions are all transmitted through RRC connection 1.
  • RRC The message may carry an indication for instructing the RAN side to forward the NAS message to the corresponding CN.
  • the process of the related steps performed by the access network equipment (RAN) and the terminal equipment (UE) can also be implemented by the process corresponding to the foregoing embodiment in FIG. 5, which will not be repeated here.
  • the USIM2 in the UE multiplexes the existing RRC connection of the USIM1.
  • the difference from the first embodiment is that in the third embodiment, the original RRC connection used for communication of a single USIM is modified to multiple The RRC connection shared by two networks, and the shared AS layer security is further reconstructed.
  • the traditional AS security which is established separately based on the difference of USIM, that is, different USIMs will establish different AS security. If USIM2 uses USIM1 to establish When the AS context communicates, USIM2 can obtain the AS context of USIM1.
  • the security of the AS layer of USIM1 is reduced; therefore, the shared AS security established here is established for multiple USIMs, thus avoiding AS
  • the risk of security configuration leakage can improve the communication security of the terminal equipment to a certain extent; in addition, the access network equipment (RAN) manages the air interface of the terminal equipment (UE) through the established RRC connection with the terminal equipment (UE) Resource, use the way of multiplexing RRC connection to realize the service concurrency of the terminal equipment (UE), improve the communication efficiency, avoid the risk of AS security configuration leakage, and improve the security of the terminal equipment (UE) communication.
  • RAN access network equipment
  • another embodiment of a communication method in the embodiment of the present application includes:
  • Step 1 The communication between the UE, shared-RAN and CN1 and CN2 enables the USIM1 in the UE to register with CN1, and the USIM2 in the UE to register with CN2 has been completed;
  • Step 2 Communicate between the UE, shared-RAN and CN1, the USIM1 in the UE establishes/modifies the session, and establishes Qos flow 1;
  • Step 3 Communication among UE, shared-RAN and CN2, USIM2 in UE establishes/modifies session, establishes Qos flow 2;
  • step 1 to 3 USIM1 and USIM2 have completed the registration process, and use any of the schemes in Examples 1-3 to share the RRC connection.
  • USIM1 Or USIM2 can establish or modify the session;
  • Step 4 Shared-RAN distinguishes public and private network services (can be NET ID, CAG ID, NID, DNN), and uses different DRB bearers;
  • the RAN side can distinguish the service data according to the service type of the public and private networks (it can be any or combination of NET ID, CAG ID, NID, and DNN)
  • the traffic comes from different networks, and the DRB is established or modified, so that the business data traffic of different networks uses different DRBs.
  • Step 5 The shared-RAN upper layer (RRC or PDCP/RLC) informs the resource scheduler of the data/service public and private network type (logically belonging to the MAC layer);
  • Step 6a If the CA feature is supported and multiple CCs are involved, the resource scheduler can use a specific CC carrier according to the public and private network types of the data/service;
  • Step 6b If only a single CC is involved, the resource scheduler can additionally allocate resources in the CC reasonably according to the public and private network types of the data/service (for example, ensure the proportion of public and private network services);
  • steps 5 to 6 are not only applicable to single RRC scenarios, but also applicable to dual RRC scenarios;
  • Step 7 Communication between UE and shared-RAN, (Radio) Access Network [(Radio)Access Network, (R)AN] resource establishment (RRC Reconfiguration can be used);
  • step 7 resources on the AN side are established or adjusted, that is, DRB establishment/adjustment or CC configuration.
  • the process of the related steps performed by the access network equipment (RAN) and the terminal equipment (UE) can also be implemented by the process corresponding to the foregoing embodiment of FIG. 7, which will not be repeated here.
  • the access network equipment (RAN) when the access network equipment (RAN) cannot distinguish the service data of different networks in the RAN resource sharing scenario with respect to the prior art, the access network equipment (RAN) may be different in the terminal equipment (UE).
  • User identification modules (USIM1 and USIM2) provide differentiated services to optimize the allocation process of wireless data resources in the access network equipment (RAN).
  • a communication device 1200 provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication device 1200 may be an access network device.
  • the communication device 1200 includes: a receiving unit 1201, a sending unit 1202, and a processing unit 1203;
  • the receiving unit 1201 is configured to receive a registration request message from the terminal device requesting registration on the second network through the RRC connection used for communication between the first network and the terminal device;
  • the sending unit 1202 is configured to send the registration request message to the core network device of the second network
  • the receiving unit 1201 is further configured to receive a registration response message from the core network device;
  • the sending unit 1202 is further configured to send the registration response message to the terminal device through the RRC connection.
  • the receiving unit 1201 is further configured to receive the identification information of the first user identification module and the identification information of the second user identification module from the terminal device through the RRC connection.
  • the terminal device includes the first user identification module and the second user identification module.
  • a user identification module, the first user identification module corresponds to the first network, and the second user identification module corresponds to the second network;
  • the processing unit 1203 is configured to associate the context corresponding to the identification information of the first user identification module with the context corresponding to the identification information of the second user identification module.
  • the receiving unit 1201 is specifically configured to:
  • processing unit 1203 is further configured to:
  • the receiving unit 1201 is further configured to receive a first indication from the terminal device through the RRC connection, and the first indication is used to indicate that the RRC connection is used for multiple networks and the terminal device.
  • the processing unit 1203 is further configured to modify the type of the RRC connection to be shared by the multiple networks according to the first instruction;
  • the sending unit 1202 is further configured to send a first downlink RRC message to the terminal device, where the first downlink RRC message is used to indicate that the type of the RRC connection is shared by the multiple networks.
  • the processing unit 1203 is further configured to establish a second non-access stratum NAS data link with the core network device regarding the second user identification module;
  • the sending unit 1202 is further configured to send the downlink NAS message to the second subscriber identification module through the RRC connection;
  • the sending unit 1202 is further configured to send the uplink NAS message to the core network device through the second NAS data link.
  • the processing unit 1203 is further configured to allocate a data radio bearer DRB to the first user identification module and the second user identification module;
  • the carrier component CC is allocated to the first user identification module and the second user identification module.
  • the sending unit 1202 is further configured to send a second instruction to the terminal device through the RRC connection, and the second instruction is used to indicate that the registration response message is associated with the second user identification module.
  • a communication device 1300 provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication device 1300 may be a terminal device.
  • the communication device 1300 includes: a receiving unit 1301, a sending unit 1302, and a processing unit 1303;
  • the sending unit 1302 is configured to send a registration request message for requesting registration on the second network to the access network device through the RRC connection used for communication between the first network and the terminal device;
  • the receiving unit 1301 is configured to receive a registration response message from the access network device through the RRC connection.
  • the terminal device includes the first user identification module and the second user identification module, the first user identification module corresponds to the first network, and the second user identification module corresponds to the second user identification module.
  • Second network; the sending unit 1302 is also configured to send the identification information of the first user identification module and the identification information of the second user identification module to the access network device through the RRC connection.
  • the sending unit 1302 is specifically configured to:
  • a registration request message for the second user identification module to request registration on the second network is sent to the access network device through the RRC connection used for communication between the first user identification module and the terminal device.
  • the first user identification module resides in a target cell, and the service area of the access network device includes the target cell;
  • the processing unit 1303 is configured to trigger the execution of sending a request to the access network device through the RRC connection for communication between the first network and the terminal device when the second user identification module resides in the target cell. Registration request message for registration.
  • the processing unit 1303 is further configured to, after the terminal device receives a registration response message from the access network device through the RRC connection, establish a connection with the access network device regarding the first The access layer AS security configuration shared by a user identification module and the second user identification module.
  • the sending unit 1302 is further configured to send a first indication to the access network device through the RRC connection, and the first indication is used to indicate that the RRC connection is used for multiple networks and the terminal. Communication between devices;
  • the receiving unit 1301 is further configured to receive a first downlink RRC message from the access network device through the RRC connection, where the first downlink RRC message is used to indicate that the type of the RRC connection is shared by the multiple networks.
  • the receiving unit 1301 is further configured to receive a second indication from the access network device through the RRC connection, and the second indication is used to indicate that the registration response message is associated with the second user Identification module.
  • a communication device 1400 provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication device 1400 may be an access network device.
  • the communication device 1400 includes: a receiving unit 1401, a sending unit 1402, and a processing unit 1403;
  • the processing unit 1403 is configured to establish a shared radio resource control RRC connection for communication between multiple networks and terminal devices;
  • the receiving unit 1401 is configured to receive, through the RRC connection, a first registration request message requesting registration on the first network and a second registration request message requesting registration on the second network from the terminal device;
  • the sending unit 1402 is configured to send the first request message to the core network device of the first network, and send the second request message to the core network device of the second network;
  • the receiving unit 1401 is further configured to receive a first registration response message from a core network device of the first network, and receive a second registration response message from a core network device of the second network;
  • the sending unit 1401 is further configured to send the first registration response message and the second registration response message to the terminal device through the RRC connection.
  • processing unit 1403 is specifically configured to:
  • the terminal device Receiving identification information of a first user identification module and identification information of a second user identification module from the terminal device, the terminal device including the first user identification module and the second user identification module;
  • processing unit 1403 is specifically configured to:
  • processing unit 1403 is specifically configured to:
  • the sending unit 1402 is further configured to send the first downlink NAS message to the terminal device through the RRC connection, where the first downlink NAS message carries the identification information of the first user identification module;
  • the first uplink NAS message is sent to the core network device of the first network through the first NAS data link, and the first uplink NAS message carries the identification information of the first user identification module.
  • processing unit 1403 is further configured to:
  • the sending unit 1402 is further configured to send the second downlink NAS message to the terminal device through the RRC connection, where the second downlink NAS message carries the identification information of the second user identification module;
  • the second uplink NAS message is sent to the core network device of the second network through the second NAS data link, and the second uplink NAS message carries the identification information of the second user identification module.
  • processing unit 1403 is specifically configured to:
  • the carrier component CC is allocated to the first user identification module and the second user identification module.
  • a communication device 1500 provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication device 1500 may be a terminal device.
  • the communication device 1500 includes: a receiving unit 1501, a sending unit 1502, and a processing unit 1503;
  • the sending unit 1502 is configured to send a first registration request message requesting registration in the first network and a first registration request message requesting registration in the second network to the access network device through a shared radio resource control RRC connection used for communication between multiple networks and terminal devices.
  • the receiving unit 1501 is configured to receive a first registration response message and a second registration response message from the access network device through the RRC connection.
  • the sending unit is also used for:
  • the first user identification module resides in a target cell, and the service area of the access network device includes the target cell;
  • the processing unit 1503 triggers the execution of sending a first registration request message requesting registration in the first network to the access network device through the RRC connection and requesting registration in the second network The second registration request message.
  • the processing unit is also used for:
  • a communication device 1600 provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication device 1600 may be an access network device, and the communication device 1600 includes: a processing unit 1601;
  • the processing unit 1601 is configured to obtain the identification information of the first network registered by the first user identification module and the second network identification information registered by the second user identification module, wherein the first user identification module and the second user identification module The user identification module is contained in the same terminal device;
  • the processing unit 1601 is further configured to allocate wireless data resources to the first user identification module and the second user identification module according to the identification information of the first network and the identification information of the second network, and the wireless data resources include data Radio bearer DRB and/or carrier component CC.
  • processing unit 1601 is specifically configured to:
  • the wireless data resources are allocated to the first user identification module and the second user identification module, respectively.
  • FIG. 17 is a schematic diagram of the structure of the communication device involved in the above-mentioned embodiments provided by the embodiments of this application, where the communication device may specifically be the access network device in the foregoing embodiment, and the structure of the communication device may be Refer to the structure shown in Figure 17.
  • the communication device includes at least one processor 1711, at least one memory 1712, at least one transceiver 1713, at least one network interface 1714, and one or more antennas 1715.
  • the processor 1711, the memory 1712, the transceiver 1713, and the network interface 1714 are connected, for example, by a bus. In the embodiment of the present application, the connection may include various interfaces, transmission lines, or buses, etc., which is not limited in this embodiment. .
  • the antenna 1715 is connected to the transceiver 1713.
  • the network interface 1714 is used to connect the communication device to other communication devices through a communication link.
  • the network interface 1714 may include a network interface between the communication device and the core network device, such as an S1 interface, and the network interface may include a communication device and other networks.
  • Network interfaces between devices such as other access network devices or core network devices, such as X2 or Xn interfaces.
  • the processor 1711 is mainly used to process the communication protocol and communication data, and to control the entire communication device, execute the software program, and process the data of the software program, for example, to support the communication device to perform the actions described in the embodiments.
  • the communication device may include a baseband processor and a central processing unit.
  • the baseband processor is mainly used to process communication protocols and communication data.
  • the central processing unit is mainly used to control the entire terminal device, execute software programs, and process data in the software programs. .
  • the processor 1711 in FIG. 17 can integrate the functions of a baseband processor and a central processing unit. Those skilled in the art can understand that the baseband processor and the central processing unit can also be independent processors and are interconnected by technologies such as a bus.
  • the terminal device may include multiple baseband processors to adapt to different network standards, the terminal device may include multiple central processors to enhance its processing capabilities, and the various components of the terminal device may be connected through various buses.
  • the baseband processor can also be expressed as a baseband processing circuit or a baseband processing chip.
  • the central processing unit can also be expressed as a central processing circuit or a central processing chip.
  • the function of processing the communication protocol and communication data can be built in the processor, or can be stored in the memory in the form of a software program, and the processor executes the software program to realize the baseband processing function.
  • the memory is mainly used to store software programs and data.
  • the memory 1712 may exist independently and is connected to the processor 1711.
  • the memory 1712 may be integrated with the processor 1711, for example, integrated in one chip.
  • the memory 1712 can store program codes for executing the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application, and is controlled by the processor 1711 to execute.
  • Various types of computer program codes executed can also be regarded as driver programs of the processor 1711.
  • Figure 17 shows only one memory and one processor. In an actual terminal device, there may be multiple processors and multiple memories.
  • the memory may also be referred to as a storage medium or storage device.
  • the memory may be a storage element on the same chip as the processor, that is, an on-chip storage element, or an independent storage element, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the transceiver 1713 may be used to support the reception or transmission of radio frequency signals between the communication device and the terminal, and the transceiver 1713 may be connected to the antenna 1715.
  • the transceiver 1713 includes a transmitter Tx and a receiver Rx.
  • one or more antennas 1715 can receive radio frequency signals
  • the receiver Rx of the transceiver 1713 is used to receive the radio frequency signals from the antennas, and convert the radio frequency signals into digital baseband signals or digital intermediate frequency signals, and transfer the digital
  • the baseband signal or digital intermediate frequency signal is provided to the processor 1711, so that the processor 1711 performs further processing on the digital baseband signal or digital intermediate frequency signal, such as demodulation processing and decoding processing.
  • the transmitter Tx in the transceiver 1713 is also used to receive the modulated digital baseband signal or digital intermediate frequency signal from the processor 1711, and convert the modulated digital baseband signal or digital intermediate frequency signal into a radio frequency signal, and pass it through a Or multiple antennas 1715 transmit the radio frequency signal.
  • the receiver Rx can selectively perform one or more stages of down-mixing processing and analog-to-digital conversion processing on the radio frequency signal to obtain a digital baseband signal or a digital intermediate frequency signal. The order of precedence is adjustable.
  • the transmitter Tx can selectively perform one or more stages of up-mixing processing and digital-to-analog conversion processing on the modulated digital baseband signal or digital intermediate frequency signal to obtain a radio frequency signal, the up-mixing processing and the digital-to-analog conversion processing
  • the order of precedence is adjustable.
  • Digital baseband signals and digital intermediate frequency signals can be collectively referred to as digital signals.
  • the transceiver may also be referred to as a transceiver unit, transceiver, transceiver, and so on.
  • the device used to implement the receiving function in the transceiver unit can be regarded as the receiving unit
  • the device used to implement the transmitting function in the transceiver unit can be regarded as the transmitting unit. It can be called a receiver, an input port, a receiving circuit, etc., and a sending unit can be called a transmitter, a transmitter, or a transmitting circuit, etc.
  • the communication device shown in Figure 17 can be specifically used to implement the steps implemented by the access network equipment in the method embodiments corresponding to Figures 5 to 11, and to achieve the technical effects corresponding to the access network equipment, as shown in Figure 17
  • the specific implementation manner of the communication device reference may be made to the descriptions in the respective method embodiments corresponding to FIG. 5 to FIG. 11, and details are not repeated here.
  • FIG. 18 is a schematic diagram of a possible logical structure of the communication device 1800 involved in the above-mentioned embodiments provided by the embodiments of this application.
  • the communication device may specifically be the terminal device in the foregoing embodiment, and the communication device 1800 It may include, but is not limited to, a processor 1801, a communication port 1802, a memory 1803, and a bus 1804.
  • the processor 1801 is configured to control the actions of the communication device 1800.
  • the processor 1801 may be a central processing unit, a general-purpose processor, a digital signal processor, an application specific integrated circuit, a field programmable gate array, or other programmable logic devices, transistor logic devices, hardware components, or any combination thereof. It can implement or execute various exemplary logical blocks, modules, and circuits described in conjunction with the disclosure of this application.
  • the processor may also be a combination that implements computing functions, for example, a combination of one or more microprocessors, a combination of a digital signal processor and a microprocessor, and so on.
  • the communication device shown in FIG. 18 can be specifically used to implement the steps implemented by the terminal device in the method embodiments corresponding to FIG. 5 to FIG. 11, and to achieve the corresponding technical effects of the terminal device.
  • the specific communication device shown in FIG. For implementation manners, reference may be made to the descriptions in the respective method embodiments corresponding to FIG. 5 to FIG. 11, and details are not repeated here.
  • the embodiment of the present application also provides a computer-readable storage medium storing one or more computer-executable instructions.
  • the processor executes as described in the possible implementation of the communication device in the foregoing embodiment.
  • the communication device may specifically be the access network device in the foregoing embodiment, that is, the access network device in the method embodiment corresponding to FIG. 5 to FIG. 11.
  • the embodiment of the present application also provides a computer-readable storage medium storing one or more computer-executable instructions.
  • the processor executes as described in the possible implementation of the communication device in the foregoing embodiment.
  • the communication device may specifically be the terminal device in the foregoing embodiment, that is, the terminal device in the method embodiment corresponding to FIG. 5 to FIG. 11.
  • the embodiment of the present application also provides a computer program product (or computer program) that stores one or more computers.
  • the processor executes the method of the possible implementation of the above-mentioned communication device, wherein
  • the communication device may specifically be the access network device in the foregoing embodiment, that is, the access network device in the method embodiment corresponding to FIG. 5 to FIG. 11.
  • the embodiment of the present application also provides a computer program product storing one or more computers.
  • the processor executes the method of the foregoing possible implementation of the communication device, wherein the communication device may specifically It is the terminal device in the foregoing embodiment, that is, the terminal device in the method embodiment corresponding to FIG. 5 to FIG. 11.
  • the embodiments of the present application also provide a chip system, which includes a processor, which is used to support the communication device to implement the functions involved in the foregoing possible implementation manners of the communication device.
  • the chip system may also include a memory, and the memory is used to store the necessary program instructions and data of the communication device.
  • the chip system may be composed of chips, or may include chips and other discrete devices.
  • the communication device may specifically be the access network equipment in the foregoing embodiment, that is, the access network in the method embodiments corresponding to FIGS. 5 to 11 equipment.
  • the embodiments of the present application also provide a chip system, which includes a processor, which is used to support the communication device to implement the functions involved in the foregoing possible implementation manners of the communication device.
  • the chip system may also include a memory, and the memory is used to store the necessary program instructions and data of the communication device.
  • the chip system may be composed of a chip, or may include a chip and other discrete devices.
  • the communication device may specifically be the terminal device in the foregoing embodiment, that is, the terminal device in the method embodiment corresponding to FIG. 5 to FIG. 11.
  • the embodiment of the present application also provides a network system architecture.
  • the network system architecture includes the above-mentioned communication device.
  • the communication device may specifically be the access network equipment and terminal equipment in the foregoing embodiment, that is, the corresponding method implementation in FIG. 5 to FIG. 11 The terminal equipment and access network equipment in the example.
  • the disclosed system, device, and method may be implemented in other ways.
  • the device embodiments described above are merely illustrative, for example, the division of the units is only a logical function division, and there may be other divisions in actual implementation, for example, multiple units or components can be combined or It can be integrated into another system, or some features can be ignored or not implemented.
  • the displayed or discussed mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection may be indirect coupling or communication connection through some interfaces, devices or units, and may be in electrical, mechanical or other forms.
  • the units described as separate components may or may not be physically separated, and the components displayed as units may or may not be physical units, that is, they may be located in one place, or they may be distributed on multiple network units. Some or all of the units may be selected according to actual needs to achieve the objectives of the solutions of the embodiments.
  • the functional units in the various embodiments of the present application may be integrated into one processing unit, or each unit may exist alone physically, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit.
  • the above-mentioned integrated unit can be implemented in the form of hardware or software functional unit.
  • the integrated unit is implemented in the form of a software functional unit and sold or used as an independent product, it can be stored in a computer readable storage medium.
  • the technical solution of the present application essentially or the part that contributes to the existing technology or all or part of the technical solution can be embodied in the form of a software product, and the computer software product is stored in a storage medium , Including several instructions to make a computer device (which may be a personal computer, a server, or a network device, etc.) execute all or part of the steps of the methods described in the various embodiments of the present application.
  • the aforementioned storage media include: U disk, mobile hard disk, read-only memory (ROM, Read-Only Memory), random access memory (RAM, Random Access Memory), magnetic disks or optical disks and other media that can store program codes. .

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Databases & Information Systems (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)

Abstract

本申请实施例提供了一种通信方法及相关设备，用于通过多卡多待终端中不同卡之间共同的RRC连接管理空口资源，实现多卡多待终端的业务并发，提升通信效率。在该方法中，接入网设备在建立用于第一网络和终端设备之间通信的RRC连接之后，通过该用于第一网络和终端设备之间通信的RRC连接接收来自终端设备请求在第二网络注册的注册请求消息，并将该注册请求消息发送至对应的第二网络的核心网设备，此后，在接入网设备接收到该核心网设备的注册响应消息之后，该接入网设备将该注册响应消息发送至该终端设备，以完成该终端设备在第二网络中的注册过程。

Description

一种通信方法及相关设备
本申请要求于2020年06月12日提交中国国家知识产权局，申请号为202010535846.0，发明名称为“一种通信方法及相关设备”的中国专利申请的优先权，其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。
技术领域
本申请涉及无线通信领域，尤其涉及一种通信方法及相关设备。
背景技术
随着网络的发展，移动终端从单卡单待发展到多卡多待的实现模式，以双卡双待(dual simcard dual standby，DSDS)为例，DSDS移动终端的机身内具有两个用户身份标识模块(subscriber identity module，SIM)卡、或两个软SIM卡(虚拟SIM，对应软件形式的SIM信息)、或一个SIM卡内具有2份SIM信息，用户只需要使用一部DSDS移动终端，就可以方便快捷的操作该DSDS内的两张SIM卡。
在现有技术中，多卡多待终端内的不同SIM卡可以分别支持相同类型或者是不同类型的网络，例如公共陆地移动网(public land mobile network，PLMN)、非公共网络(Non-Public Network，NPN)等，其中，NPN网络可以细分包括独立组网的NPN网络(standalone NPN，SNPN)和非独立组网的NPN网络(public network integrated NPN，PNI-NPN)两种类型，其中SNPN表示不依赖公网PLMN网络功能的网络，可以具有独立接入网和核心网，PNI-NPN(Public Network Integrated-NPN)表示可以部分依赖公网PLMN提供网络功能的网络。
现有多卡多待终端存在多张SIM卡的数据并发需求，意味着需要支持多种不同网络的数据业务同时并发，一般来说，可以将DSDS终端的射频通道分为主辅通道，主通道包含接收器(RX)和发射器(TX)，辅通道仅有RX同于侦听。然而，如果在DSDS终端中，某一SIM卡发生TX抢占，即占用主通道时，其它SIM卡会释放资源，并进行搜网驻留，并进入空闲态(IDLE)，无法实现高效的业务并发。
发明内容
本申请实施例提供了一种通信方法及相关设备，用于通过多卡多待终端中不同卡之间共同的RRC连接管理空口资源，实现多卡多待终端的业务并发，提升通信效率。
本申请实施例第一方面提供了一种通信方法，应用于接入网设备，在该方法中，接入网设备预先建立用于第一网络和终端设备之间通信的RRC连接，然后，接入网设备通过用于第一网络和终端设备之间通信的RRC连接接收来自终端设备请求在第二网络注册的注册请求消息；接着，该接入网设备向该第二网络的核心网设备发送该注册请求消息；此后，该接入网设备接收来自该核心网设备的注册响应消息；进一步地，该接入网设备通过该RRC连接向该终端设备发送该注册响应消息。其中，接入网设备在建立用于第一网络和终端设备之间通信的RRC连接之后，接入网设备通过该用于第一网络和终端设备之间通信的RRC 连接接收来自终端设备请求在第二网络注册的注册请求消息，并将该注册请求消息发送至对应的第二网络的核心网设备，此后，在接入网设备接收到该核心网设备的注册响应消息之后，该接入网设备将该注册响应消息发送至该终端设备，以完成该终端设备在第二网络中的注册过程，即接入网设备通过与终端设备已建立的RRC连接管理该终端设备的空口资源，使用复用RRC连接的方式实现终端设备的业务并发，提升通信效率。
需要说明的是，第一网络和第二网络可以是同一通信网络，或者是不同的通信网络，其中，该通信网络可以包括公共陆地移动网PLMN、非公共网络NPN或者是其它任意类型的网络，此处不做限定。
在本申请实施例第一方面的一种可能的实现方式中，在该接入网设备向该第二网络的核心网设备发送该注册请求消息之前，该方法还可以包括：该接入网设备通过该RRC连接接收来自该终端设备的第一用户识别模块的标识信息和第二用户识别模块的标识信息，该终端设备包括该第一用户识别模块和该第二用户识别模块，该第一用户识别模块对应于该第一网络，该第二用户识别模块对应于该第二网络；在该接入网设备接收来自该核心网设备的注册响应消息之后，该接入网设备将该第一用户识别模块的标识信息对应的上下文与该第二用户识别模块的标识信息对应的上下文关联。
本实施例中，该终端设备可以为多卡多待终端，其中，该终端设备至少包括第一用户识别模块和第二用户识别模块，且第一用户识别模块对应于第一网络，第二用户识别模块对应于第二网络，该接入网设备通过该RRC连接接收来自该终端设备的第一用户识别模块的标识信息和第二用户识别模块的标识信息之后，该接入网设备可以确定该终端设备包含有该第一用户识别模块和第二用户识别模块；从而，在该接入网设备接收来自该核心网设备的注册响应消息之后，即在接入网设备确定该终端设备注册至该第二网络之后，该接入网设备将该第一用户识别模块的标识信息对应的上下文与该第二用户识别模块的标识信息对应的上下文关联，即接入网设备将该RRC连接、该第一用户识别模块的标识信息对应的上下文、该第二用户识别模块的标识信息对应的上下文进行关联，使得该终端设备的第一用户识别模块和第二用户识别模块均通过该RRC连接实现通信，实现多卡多待的终端设备的业务并发。
在本申请实施例第一方面的一种可能的实现方式中，该接入网设备通过用于第一网络和终端设备之间通信的RRC连接接收来自终端设备请求在第二网络注册的注册请求消息的过程具体可以包括：该接入网设备通过用于第一网络和第一用户识别模块之间通信的该RRC连接接收来自第二用户识别模块请求在第二网络注册的注册请求消息。
本实施例中，该终端设备可以为多卡多待终端，该终端设备至少包括第一用户识别模块和第二用户识别模块，且第一用户识别模块对应于第一网络，第二用户识别模块对应于第二网络时，终端设备请求在第二网络注册的注册请求消息具体可以指示终端设备中第二用户识别模块请求在第二网络注册的注册请求消息，提供了该终端设备中第二用户识别模块在第二网络的注册的具体实现过程，提升方案的可实现性，从而提高了本方案的实现灵活性。
在本申请实施例第一方面的一种可能的实现方式中，在该接入网设备接收到来自第二 网络的核心网设备发送的该注册响应消息之后，该方法还可以包括：该接入网设备建立与该终端设备之间该第一用户识别模块和该第二用户识别模块共用的接入层AS安全配置。
本实施例中，在该接入网设备接收到来自第二网络的核心网设备发送的该注册响应消息之后，即在接入网设备确定该终端设备注册至该第二网络之后，该接入网设备建立与该终端设备之间该第一用户识别模块和该第二用户识别模块共用的接入层AS安全配置，即该AS安全配置是共用的AS安全配置，避免AS安全配置泄露的风险，提升该终端设备通信的安全性。
在本申请实施例第一方面的一种可能的实现方式中，该方法还可以包括：接入网设备建立用于第一网络和终端设备之间通信的RRC连接，该接入网设备建立与该终端设备中第一用户识别模块的接入层AS安全配置，在该接入网设备接收到来自该核心网设备的注册响应消息之后，该接入网设备重新建立与该终端设备之间该第一用户识别模块和该第二用户识别模块共用的接入层AS安全配置。
本实施例中，在该接入网设备接收到来自该核心网设备的注册响应消息之后，即在接入网设备确定该终端设备注册至该第二网络之后，接入网设备可以重新建立与该终端设备之间的AS安全配置，避免AS安全配置泄露的风险，提升该终端设备通信的安全性。
在本申请实施例第一方面的一种可能的实现方式中，在该接入网设备通过用于第一网络和终端设备之间通信的RRC连接接收来自终端设备请求在第二网络注册的注册请求消息之前，该方法还可以包括：该接入网设备通过该RRC连接接收来自该终端设备的第一指示，该第一指示用于指示该RRC连接用于多个网络和该终端设备之间通信；该接入网设备根据该第一指示修改该RRC连接的类型为该多个网络共用；该接入网设备向该终端设备发送第一下行RRC消息，该第一下行RRC消息用于指示该RRC连接的类型为该多个网络共用。
本实施例中，在接入网设备通过该RRC连接接收来自该终端设备请求在第二网络注册的注册请求消息之前，该接入网设备该可以根据该终端设备发送的第一指示修改该RRC连接的类型为多个网络共用，其中，第一指示用于指示该RRC连接用于多个网络和该终端设备之间通信，进一步地，该接入网设备还可以向该终端设备发送用于指示该RRC连接的类型为该多个网络共用的第一下行RRC消息，即接入网设备可以通过该第一指示修改该RRC连接的类型为多个网络公用，从而接入网设备通过类型为多个网络共用的RRC连接接收来自终端设备请求在第二网络注册的注册请求消息，提供接收来自该终端设备请求在第二网络注册的注册请求消息的具体实现过程，提升方案的可实现性，从而提高了本方案的实现灵活性。
在本申请实施例第一方面的一种可能的实现方式中，在该接入网设备接收来自该核心网设备的注册响应消息之后，该方法还包括：该接入网设备建立与该核心网设备之间关于该第二用户识别模块的第二非接入层NAS数据链路；在该接入网设备根据该第二NAS数据链路接收到来自该核心网设备的下行NAS消息时，该接入网设备通过该RRC连接向该第二用户识别模块发送该下行NAS消息；和/或，在该接入网设备通过该RRC连接接收到来自该终端设备的上行NAS消息时，该接入网设备通过该第二NAS数据链路向该核心网设备发送该上行NAS消息。
本实施例中，在该接入网设备接收来自该核心网设备的注册响应消息之后，即接入网设备确定该终端设备注册至该第二网络之后，该接入网设备建立与该核心网设备之间关于该第二用户识别模块的第二NAS数据链路，此后，接入网设备可以通过该RRC连接向终端设备转发来自该核心网设备的下行NAS消息，和或，该接入网设备可以通过该第二NAS链路向该核心网设备转发来自该终端设备的上线NAS消息，提供该第二用户识别模块与第二网络的核心网设备通信的具体实现过程，提升方案的可实现性，从而提高了本方案的实现灵活性。
在本申请实施例第一方面的一种可能的实现方式中，在该接入网设备接收来自该核心网设备的注册响应消息之后，该方法还可以包括：该接入网设备为该第一用户识别模块和该第二用户识别模块分配数据无线承载DRB；和/或，该接入网设备为该第一用户识别模块和该第二用户识别模块分配载波分量CC。
本实施例中，在该接入网设备接收来自该核心网设备的注册响应消息之后，即接入网设备确定该终端设备注册至该第二网络之后，由于该终端设备中的第一用户识别模块和第二用户识别模块都是通过该RRC连接与该接入网设备通信，因此，该接入网设备可以分别为该第一用户识别模块和该第二用户识别模块分配数据无线承载DRB和/或载波分量CC，从而，接入网设备可以为终端设备中不同用户识别模块提供差异化服务。
在本申请实施例第一方面的一种可能的实现方式中，该方法还可以包括：该接入网设备通过该RRC连接向该终端设备发送第二指示，该第二指示用于指示该注册响应消息关联于该第二用户识别模块。
本实施例中，接入网设备可以通过该RRC连接向终端设备发送用于指示该注册响应消息关联于该第二用户识别模块的第二指示，使得该终端设备根据该第二指示确定该第二用户识别模块已注册至该第二网络，后续该终端设备中的第二用户识别模块可以通过该RRC连接与该第二网络的核心网设备进行通信，实现终端设备的业务并发。
本申请实施例第二方面提供了一种通信方法，应用于终端设备，在该方法中，终端设备预先通过该接入网设备注册至第一网络，然后，该终端设备通过用于第一网络和终端设备之间通信的RRC连接向接入网设备发送请求在第二网络注册的注册请求消息；此后，该终端设备通过该RRC连接接收来自该接入网设备的注册响应消息。其中，该终端设备通过用于第一网络和终端设备之间通信的RRC连接向接入网设备发送请求在第二网络注册的注册请求消息，即终端设备通过接入网设备已建立的RRC连接管理该终端设备的空口资源，使用复用RRC连接的方式实现终端设备的业务并发，提升通信效率。
需要说明的是，第一网络和第二网络可以是同一通信网络，或者是不同的通信网络，其中，该通信网络可以包括公共陆地移动网PLMN、非公共网络NPN或者是其它任意类型的网络，此处不做限定。
在本申请实施例第二方面的一种可能的实现方式中，该终端设备包括该第一用户识别模块和该第二用户识别模块，该第一用户识别模块对应于该第一网络，该第二用户识别模块对应于该第二网络；在该终端设备通过该RRC连接接收来自该接入网设备的注册响应消息之前，该方法还可以包括：该终端设备通过该RRC连接向该接入网设备发送该第一用户 识别模块的标识信息和该第二用户识别模块的标识信息。
本实施例中，该终端设备可以为多卡多待终端，其中，该终端设备至少包括第一用户识别模块和第二用户识别模块，且第一用户识别模块对应于第一网络，第二用户识别模块对应于第二网络，该终端设备可以通过该RRC连接向该接入网设备发送该第一用户识别模块的标识信息和该第二用户识别模块的标识信息，使得该接入网设备可以确定该终端设备包含有该第一用户识别模块和第二用户识别模块，后续在接入网设备确定该终端设备注册至该第二网络之后，该接入网设备将该第一用户识别模块的标识信息对应的上下文与该第二用户识别模块的标识信息对应的上下文关联，使得该终端设备的第一用户识别模块和第二用户识别模块均通过该RRC连接实现通信，实现多卡多待的终端设备的业务并发。
在本申请实施例第二方面的一种可能的实现方式中，该终端设备通过用于第一网络和终端设备之间通信的RRC连接向接入网设备发送请求在第二网络注册的注册请求消息的过程具体可以包括：该终端设备通过用于第一用户识别模块和终端设备之间通信的RRC连接向接入网设备发送该第二用户识别模块请求在第二网络注册的注册请求消息。
本实施例中，该终端设备可以为多卡多待终端，该终端设备至少包括第一用户识别模块和第二用户识别模块，且第一用户识别模块对应于第一网络，第二用户识别模块对应于第二网络时，终端设备请求在第二网络注册的注册请求消息具体可以指示终端设备中第二用户识别模块请求在第二网络注册的注册请求消息，提供了该终端设备中第二用户识别模块在第二网络的注册的具体实现过程，提升方案的可实现性，从而提高了本方案的实现灵活性。
在本申请实施例第二方面的一种可能的实现方式中，该第一用户识别模块驻留在目标小区，该接入网设备的服务区域包括该目标小区；其中，在该第二用户识别模块驻留在该目标小区时，该终端设备触发执行通过用于第一网络和终端设备之间通信的RRC连接向接入网设备发送请求在第二网络注册的注册请求消息。
本实施例中，接入网设备的服务区域包括该目标小区，当该终端设备确定第二用户识别模块所驻留的小区与第一用户识别模块所驻留的小区为该目标小区时，该终端设备确定第二用户识别模块可以通过该第一用户识别模块与该接入网设备之间的RRC连接进行通信，此时，该终端设备触发执行通过用于第一网络和终端设备之间通信的RRC连接向接入网设备发送请求在第二网络注册的注册请求消息，从而，提升该终端设备中第二用户识别模块通过该接入网设备注册的成功率，进一步提升通信效率。
在本申请实施例第二方面的一种可能的实现方式中，在该终端设备通过用于第一网络和终端设备之间通信的RRC连接向接入网设备发送请求在第二网络注册的注册请求消息之后，该方法还可以包括：该终端设备建立与该接入网设备之间关于该第一用户识别模块和该第二用户识别模块共用的接入层AS安全配置。
本实施例中，在该终端设备通过用于第一网络和终端设备之间通信的RRC连接向接入网设备发送请求在第二网络注册的注册请求消息之后，该终端设备建立与该接入网设备之间关于该第一用户识别模块和该第二用户识别模块共用的接入层AS安全配置，即该AS安全配置是共用的AS安全配置，避免AS安全配置泄露的风险，提升该终端设备通信的安全 性。
在本申请实施例第二方面的一种可能的实现方式中，该方法还可以包括：终端设备预先通过该接入网设备注册至第一网络，在接入网设备建立用于第一网络和终端设备之间通信的RRC连接之后，该终端设备中第一用户识别模块建立与该接入网设备的接入层AS安全配置，在该该终端设备通过用于第一网络和终端设备之间通信的RRC连接向接入网设备发送请求在第二网络注册的注册请求消息之后，该终端设备重新建立与该接入网设备之间关于该第一用户识别模块和该第二用户识别模块共用的接入层AS安全配置。
本实施例中，在该终端设备通过用于第一网络和终端设备之间通信的RRC连接向接入网设备发送请求在第二网络注册的注册请求消息之后，终端设备设备可以重新建立与该接入网设备之间的AS安全配置，避免AS安全配置泄露的风险，提升该终端设备通信的安全性。
在本申请实施例第二方面的一种可能的实现方式中，在该终端设备通过用于第一网络和终端设备之间通信的RRC连接向接入网设备发送请求在第二网络注册的注册请求消息之前，该方法还可以包括：该终端设备通过该RRC连接向该接入网设备发送第一指示，该第一指示用于指示该RRC连接用于多个网络和该终端设备之间通信；该终端设备通过该RRC连接接收来自该接入网设备的第一下行RRC消息，该第一下行RRC消息用于指示该RRC连接的类型为该多个网络共用。
本实施例中，在该终端设备通过用于第一网络和终端设备之间通信的RRC连接向接入网设备发送请求在第二网络注册的注册请求消息之前，该终端设备可以向该接入网设备发送用于指示该RRC连接用于多个网络和该终端设备之间通信的第一指示，进一步地，该终端设备可以接收来自该接入网设备的用于指示该RRC连接的类型为该多个网络共用的第一下行RRC消息，从而终端设备通过RRC连接的类型为该多个网络共用的RRC连接向接入网设备发送请求在第二网络注册的注册请求消息，提供发送请求在第二网络注册的注册请求消息的具体实现过程，提升方案的可实现性，从而提高了本方案的实现灵活性。
在本申请实施例第二方面的一种可能的实现方式中，该方法还可以包括：该终端设备通过该RRC连接接收来自该接入网设备的第二指示，该第二指示用于指示该注册响应消息关联于该第二用户识别模块。
本实施例中，终端设备可以通过该RRC连接接收来自该接入网设备的用于指示该注册响应消息关联于该第二用户识别模块的第二指示，使得该终端设备根据该第二指示确定该第二用户识别模块已注册至该第二网络，后续该终端设备中的第二用户识别模块可以通过该RRC连接与该第二网络的核心网设备进行通信，实现终端设备的业务并发。
本申请实施例第三方面提供了一种通信方法，应用于接入网设备，在该方法中，接入网设备建立用于多个网络与终端设备之间通信的共用的无线资源控制RRC连接；然后，该接入网设备通过该RRC连接接收来自该终端设备请求在第一网络注册的第一注册请求消息和请求在第二网络注册的第二注册请求消息；进而，该接入网设备向该第一网络的核心网设备发送该第一请求消息，并向该第二网络的核心网设备发送该第二请求消息；在该接入网设备接收来自该第一网络的核心网设备的第一注册响应消息，并接收来自该第二网络的 核心网设备的第二注册响应消息之后，该接入网设备通过该RRC连接向该终端设备发送该第一注册响应消息和该第二注册响应消息。其中，接入网设备建立用于多个网络与终端设备之间通信的共用的无线资源控制RRC连接，并通过该RRC连接接收来自该终端设备请求在第一网络注册的第一注册请求消息和请求在第二网络注册的第二注册请求消息，在接收到来自该第一网络的核心网设备的第一注册响应消息，并接收来自该第二网络的核心网设备的第二注册响应消息之后，该接入网设备通过该RRC连接向该终端设备发送该第一注册响应消息和该第二注册响应消息，以完成该终端设备在第一网络和第二网络中的注册过程，即接入网设备通过用于多个网络与终端设备之间通信的共用的RRC连接管理该终端设备的空口资源，使用复用RRC连接的方式实现终端设备的业务并发，提升通信效率。
需要说明的是，第一网络和第二网络可以是同一通信网络，或者是不同的通信网络，其中，该通信网络可以包括公共陆地移动网PLMN、非公共网络NPN或者是其它任意类型的网络，此处不做限定。
在本申请实施例第三方面的一种可能的实现方式中，该接入网设备建立多个网络与终端设备之间共用的无线资源控制RRC连接具体可以包括：该接入网设备接收来自该终端设备的第一用户识别模块的标识信息和第二用户识别模块的标识信息，该终端设备包括该第一用户识别模块和该第二用户识别模块；此后，该接入网设备建立与终端设备中的该第一用户识别模块和该第二用户识别模块共用的该RRC连接。
本实施例中，该终端设备可以为多卡多待终端，其中，该终端设备至少包括第一用户识别模块和第二用户识别模块，且第一用户识别模块对应于第一网络，第二用户识别模块对应于第二网络，该接入网设备建立该RRC连接的过程具体可以包括该接入网设备建立与终端设备中的该第一用户识别模块和该第二用户识别模块共用的该RRC连接，使得该终端设备的第一用户识别模块和第二用户识别模块均通过该RRC连接实现通信，实现多卡多待的终端设备的业务并发。
在本申请实施例第三方面的一种可能的实现方式中，在该接入网设备设备在接收到来自该第一网络的核心网设备的第一注册响应消息，并接收来自该第二网络的核心网设备的第二注册响应消息之后，该方法还可以包括：该接入网设备建立与该终端设备之间关于该第一用户识别模块和该第二用户识别模块共用的接入层AS安全配置。
本实施例中，在接收到来自该第一网络的核心网设备的第一注册响应消息，并接收来自该第二网络的核心网设备的第二注册响应消息之后，即该接入网设备确定该终端设备分别注册至该第一网络和第二网络之后，该接入网设备建立与该终端设备之间该第一用户识别模块和该第二用户识别模块共用的接入层AS安全配置，即该AS安全配置是共用的AS安全配置，避免AS安全配置泄露的风险，提升该终端设备通信的安全性。
在本申请实施例第三方面的一种可能的实现方式中，在该接入网设备接收来自该第一网络的核心网设备的第一注册响应消息之后，该方法还包括：该接入网设备建立与该第一网络的核心网设备之间关于该第一用户识别模块的第一非接入层NAS数据链路；在该接入网设备通过该第一NAS数据链路接收到来自该第一网络的核心网设备的第一下行NAS消息时，该接入网设备通过该RRC连接向该终端设备发送该第一下行NAS消息，该第一下行NAS 消息携带有该第一用户识别模块的标识信息；和/或，在该接入网设备通过该RRC连接接收到来自该终端设备的第二NAS消息时，该接入网设备通过该第一NAS数据链路向该第一网络的核心网设备发送该第一上行NAS消息，该第一上行NAS消息携带有该第一用户识别模块的标识信息。
本实施例中，在该接入网设备接收来自该第一网络的核心网设备的第一注册响应消息之后，即接入网设备确定该终端设备注册至第一网络之后，该接入网设备建立与该核心网设备之间关于该第一用户识别模块的第一NAS数据链路，此后，接入网设备可以通过该RRC连接向终端设备转发来自该核心网设备的第一下行NAS消息，和或，该接入网设备可以通过该第一NAS链路向该核心网设备转发来自该终端设备的第一上线NAS消息，提供该第一用户识别模块与第一网络的核心网设备通信的具体实现过程，提升方案的可实现性，从而提高了本方案的实现灵活性。
在本申请实施例第三方面的一种可能的实现方式中，在该接入网设备接收来自该第二网络的核心网设备的第二注册响应消息之后，该方法还包括：该接入网设备建立与该第二网络的核心网设备之间关于该第二用户识别模块的第二NAS数据链路；在该接入网设备通过该第二NAS数据链路接收到来自该第二网络的核心网设备的第二下行NAS消息时，该接入网设备通过该RRC连接向该终端设备发送该第二下行NAS消息，该第二下行NAS消息携带有该第二用户识别模块的标识信息；和/或，在该接入网设备通过该RRC连接接收到来自该终端设备的第二上行NAS消息时，该接入网设备通过该第二NAS数据链路向该第二网络的核心网设备发送该第二上行NAS消息，该第二上行NAS消息携带有该第二用户识别模块的标识信息。
本实施例中，在该接入网设备接收来自该第二网络的核心网设备的第二注册响应消息之后，即接入网设备确定该终端设备注册至第二网络之后，该接入网设备建立与该核心网设备之间关于该第二用户识别模块的第二NAS数据链路，此后，接入网设备可以通过该RRC连接向终端设备转发来自该核心网设备的第二下行NAS消息，和或，该接入网设备可以通过该第二NAS链路向该核心网设备转发来自该终端设备的第二上线NAS消息，提供该第二用户识别模块与第二网络的核心网设备通信的具体实现过程，提升方案的可实现性，从而提高了本方案的实现灵活性。
在本申请实施例第三方面的一种可能的实现方式中，在该接入网设备接收来自该第一网络的核心网设备的第一注册响应消息，并接收来自该第二网络的核心网设备的第二注册响应消息之后，该方法还可以包括：该接入网设备为该第一用户识别模块和该第二用户识别模块分配数据无线承载DRB；和/或，该接入网设备为该第一用户识别模块和该第二用户识别模块分配载波分量CC。
本实施例中，在该接入网设备接收来自该第一网络的核心网设备的第一注册响应消息，并接收来自该第二网络的核心网设备的第二注册响应消息之后，即该接入网设备确定该终端设备分别注册至该第一网络和第二网络之后，由于该终端设备中的第一用户识别模块和第二用户识别模块都是通过该RRC连接与该接入网设备通信，因此，该接入网设备可以分别为该第一用户识别模块和该第二用户识别模块分配数据无线承载DRB和/或载波分量CC， 从而，接入网设备可以为终端设备中不同用户识别模块提供差异化服务。
本申请实施例第四方面提供了一种通信方法，应用于终端设备，在该方法中，终端设备通过用于多个网络与终端设备之间通信的共用的无线资源控制RRC连接向接入网设备发送请求在第一网络注册的第一注册请求消息和请求在第二网络注册的第二注册请求消息；此后，该终端设备通过该RRC连接接收来自该接入网设备的第一注册响应消息和第二注册响应消息。其中，该终端设备通过用于多个网络与终端设备之间通信的共用的无线资源控制RRC连接向接入网设备发送请求在第一网络注册的第一注册请求消息和请求在第二网络注册的第二注册请求消息，即终端设备通过复用RRC连接的方式向接入网设备发送第一注册请求消息和第二注册请求消息，使得接入网设备通过用于多个网络与终端设备之间通信的共用的RRC连接管理该终端设备的空口资源，从而，使用复用RRC连接的方式实现终端设备的业务并发，提升通信效率。
需要说明的是，第一网络和第二网络可以是同一通信网络，或者是不同的通信网络，其中，该通信网络可以包括公共陆地移动网PLMN、非公共网络NPN或者是其它任意类型的网络，此处不做限定。
在本申请实施例第四方面的一种可能的实现方式中，在该终端设备通过该RRC连接接收来自该接入网设备的第一注册响应消息和第二注册响应消息之前，该方法还可以包括：该终端设备向该接入网设备发送第一用户识别模块的标识信息和第二用户识别模块的标识信息。
本实施例中，该终端设备可以为多卡多待终端，其中，该终端设备至少包括第一用户识别模块和第二用户识别模块，且第一用户识别模块对应于第一网络，第二用户识别模块对应于第二网络，该终端设备可以通过该RRC连接向该接入网设备发送该第一用户识别模块的标识信息和该第二用户识别模块的标识信息，使得该接入网设备可以确定该终端设备包含有该第一用户识别模块和第二用户识别模块，进而该终端设备的第一用户识别模块和第二用户识别模块均通过该RRC连接实现通信，实现多卡多待的终端设备的业务并发。
在本申请实施例第四方面的一种可能的实现方式中，该第一用户识别模块驻留在目标小区，该接入网设备的服务区域包括该目标小区；在该第二用户识别模块驻留在该目标小区时，该终端设备触发执行通过该RRC连接向接入网设备发送请求在第一网络注册的第一注册请求消息和请求在第二网络注册的第二注册请求消息。
本实施例中，接入网设备的服务区域包括该目标小区，当该终端设备确定第二用户识别模块所驻留的小区与第一用户识别模块所驻留的小区为该目标小区时，该终端设备确定第二用户识别模块可以通过该第一用户识别模块与该接入网设备之间的RRC连接进行通信，此时，该终端设备触发执行通过该RRC连接向接入网设备发送请求在第一网络注册的第一注册请求消息和请求在第二网络注册的第二注册请求消息，从而，提升该终端设备中第一用户识别模块和第二用户识别模块通过该接入网设备注册的成功率，进一步提升通信效率。
在本申请实施例第四方面的一种可能的实现方式中，在终端设备通过用于多个网络与终端设备之间通信的共用的无线资源控制RRC连接向接入网设备发送请求在第一网络注册 的第一注册请求消息和请求在第二网络注册的第二注册请求消息之后，该方法还可以包括：该终端设备建立与该接入网设备之间关于该第一用户识别模块和该第二用户识别模块共用的接入层AS安全配置。
本实施例中，在终端设备通过用于多个网络与终端设备之间通信的共用的无线资源控制RRC连接向接入网设备发送请求在第一网络注册的第一注册请求消息和请求在第二网络注册的第二注册请求消息之后，即该终端设备确定已注册至第一网络和第二网络之后，该终端设备建立与该接入网设备之间关于该第一用户识别模块和该第二用户识别模块共用的接入层AS安全配置，即该AS安全配置是共用的AS安全配置，避免AS安全配置泄露的风险，提升该终端设备通信的安全性。
本申请实施例第五方面提供了一种通信方法，应用于接入网设备，在该方法中，接入网设备获取第一用户识别模块所注册的第一网络的标识信息，以及第二用户识别模块所注册的第二网络标识信息，其中，该第一用户识别模块和该第二用户识别模块包含于同一个终端设备中；此后，该接入网设备根据该第一网络的标识信息和该第二网络的标识信息分别为该第一用户识别模块和该第二用户识别模块分配无线数据资源，该无线数据资源包括数据无线承载DRB和/或载波分量CC。其中，在该接入网设备确定终端设备中的第一用户识别模块和第二用户识别模块都通过该接入网设备通信时，接入网设备获取第一用户识别模块所注册的第一网络的标识信息，以及第二用户识别模块所注册的第二网络标识信息，该接入网设备可以分别为该第一用户识别模块和该第二用户识别模块分配数据无线承载DRB和/或载波分量CC，从而，接入网设备可以为终端设备中不同用户识别模块提供差异化服务，优化接入网设备中无线数据资源的分配过程。
需要说明的是，第一网络和第二网络可以是同一通信网络，或者是不同的通信网络，其中，该通信网络可以包括公共陆地移动网PLMN、非公共网络NPN或者是其它任意类型的网络，此处不做限定。
在本申请实施例第五方面的一种可能的实现方式中，该接入网设备根据该第一网络标识和该第二网络标识分别为该第一用户识别模块和该第二用户识别模块分配无线数据资源具体可以包括：该接入网设备根据该第一网络的标识信息确定出该第一网络的类型信息，并根据该第二网络的标识信息确定出该第二网络的类型信息；进一步地，该接入网设备根据该第一网络的类型信息和该第二网络的类型信息，分别为该第一用户识别模块和该第二用户识别模块分配该无线数据资源。
本实施例中，接入网设备具体可以根据第一网络的类型信息和第二网络的类型信息来区分该第一用户识别模块所注册的第一网络和该第二用户识别模块所注册的第二网络的类型，并进一步根据类型信息分别为该第一用户识别模块和该第二用户识别模块分配该无线数据资源，提供了接入网设备中无线数据资源的分配的具体实现过程，提升方案的可实现性，从而提高了本方案的实现灵活性。
本申请实施例第六方面提供了一种通信装置，其特征在于，包括接收单元和发送单元；该接收单元，用于通过用于第一网络和终端设备之间通信的RRC连接接收来自终端设备请求在第二网络注册的注册请求消息；该发送单元，用于向该第二网络的核心网设备发送该 注册请求消息；该接收单元，还用于接收来自该核心网设备的注册响应消息；该发送单元，还用于通过该RRC连接向该终端设备发送该注册响应消息。
本申请实施例第六方面中，通信装置的组成模块还可以用于执行第一方面的各个可能实现方式中所执行的步骤，具体均可以参阅第一方面的相关描述，此处不再赘述。
本申请实施例第七方面提供了一种通信装置，包括接收单元和发送单元；该发送单元，用于通过用于第一网络和终端设备之间通信的RRC连接向接入网设备发送请求在第二网络注册的注册请求消息；该接收单元，用于通过该RRC连接接收来自该接入网设备的注册响应消息。
本申请实施例第七方面中，通信装置的组成模块还可以用于执行第二方面的各个可能实现方式中所执行的步骤，具体均可以参阅第二方面的相关描述，此处不再赘述。
本申请实施例第八方面提供了一种通信装置，包括处理单元、接收单元和发送单元；该处理单元，用于建立用于多个网络与终端设备之间通信的共用的无线资源控制RRC连接；该接收单元，用于通过该RRC连接接收来自该终端设备请求在第一网络注册的第一注册请求消息和请求在第二网络注册的第二注册请求消息；该发送单元，用于向该第一网络的核心网设备发送该第一请求消息，并向该第二网络的核心网设备发送该第二请求消息；该接收单元，还用于接收来自该第一网络的核心网设备的第一注册响应消息，并接收来自该第二网络的核心网设备的第二注册响应消息；该发送单元，还用于通过该RRC连接向该终端设备发送该第一注册响应消息和该第二注册响应消息。
本申请实施例第八方面中，通信装置的组成模块还可以用于执行第三方面的各个可能实现方式中所执行的步骤，具体均可以参阅第三方面的相关描述，此处不再赘述。
本申请实施例第九方面提供了一种通信装置，其特征在于，包括接收单元和发送单元；该发送单元，用于通过用于多个网络与终端设备之间通信的共用的无线资源控制RRC连接向接入网设备发送请求在第一网络注册的第一注册请求消息和请求在第二网络注册的第二注册请求消息；该接收单元，用于通过该RRC连接接收来自该接入网设备的第一注册响应消息和第二注册响应消息。
本申请实施例第九方面中，通信装置的组成模块还可以用于执行第四方面的各个可能实现方式中所执行的步骤，具体均可以参阅第四方面的相关描述，此处不再赘述。
本申请实施例第十方面提供了一种通信装置，包括处理单元；该处理单元，用于获取第一用户识别模块所注册的第一网络的标识信息，以及第二用户识别模块所注册的第二网络标识信息，其中，该第一用户识别模块和该第二用户识别模块包含于同一个终端设备中；该处理单元，还用于根据该第一网络的标识信息和该第二网络的标识信息分别为该第一用户识别模块和该第二用户识别模块分配无线数据资源，该无线数据资源包括数据无线承载DRB和/或载波分量CC。
本申请实施例第十方面中，通信装置的组成模块还可以用于执行第五方面的各个可能实现方式中所执行的步骤，具体均可以参阅第五方面的相关描述，此处不再赘述。
本申请实施例第十一方面提供了一种通信装置，其中，该通信装置包括处理器，该处理器与存储器耦合，该存储器用于存储计算机程序或指令，该处理器用于执行存储器中的 所述计算机程序或指令，使得前述第一方面或第一方面任意一种可能的实现方式所述的方法被执行，或者，使得前述第三方面或第三方面任意一种可能的实现方式所述的方法被执行，或者，使得前述第五方面或第五方面任意一种可能的实现方式所述的方法被执行。
本申请实施例第十二方面提供了一种通信装置，其中，该通信装置包括处理器，该处理器与存储器耦合，该存储器用于存储计算机程序或指令，该处理器用于执行存储器中的所述计算机程序或指令，使得前述第二方面或第二方面任意一种可能的实现方式所述的方法被执行，或者，使得前述第四方面或第四方面任意一种可能的实现方式所述的方法被执行。
本申请实施例第十三方面提供一种通信装置，其中，该通信装置包括处理器和通信接口，该通信接口和该处理器耦合，该处理器用于运行计算机程序或指令，使得前述第一方面或第一方面任意一种可能的实现方式所述的方法被执行，或者，使得前述第三方面或第三方面任意一种可能的实现方式所述的方法被执行，或者，使得前述第五方面或第五方面任意一种可能的实现方式所述的方法被执行。
本申请实施例第十四方面提供一种通信装置，其中，该通信装置包括处理器和通信接口，该通信接口和该处理器耦合，该处理器用于运行计算机程序或指令，使得前述第二方面或第二方面任意一种可能的实现方式所述的方法被执行，或者，使得前述第四方面或第四方面任意一种可能的实现方式所述的方法被执行。
本申请实施例第十五方面提供一种存储一个或多个计算机执行指令的计算机可读存储介质，当计算机执行指令被处理器执行时，该处理器执行如上述第一方面或第一方面任意一种可能的实现方式、或者是上述第三方面或第三方面任意一种可能的实现方式、或者是上述第三五面或第五方面任意一种可能的实现方式所述的方法。
本申请实施例第十六方面提供一种存储一个或多个计算机执行指令的计算机可读存储介质，当计算机执行指令被处理器执行时，该处理器执行如上述第二方面或第二方面任意一种可能的实现方式所述的方法，或者，该处理器执行如上述第四方面或第四方面任意一种可能的实现方式所述的方法。
本申请实施例第十七方面提供一种存储一个或多个计算机的计算机程序产品(或称计算机程序)，当计算机程序产品被该处理器执行时，该处理器执行上述第一方面或第一方面任意一种可能实现方式、上述第三方面或第三方面任意一种可能的实现方式或者上述第五方面或第五方面任意一种可能的实现方式的方法。
本申请实施例第十八方面提供一种存储一个或多个计算机的计算机程序产品，当计算机程序产品被该处理器执行时，该处理器执行上述第二方面或第二方面任意一种可能实现方式的方法，或者，该处理器执行上述第四方面或第四方面任意一种可能实现方式的方法。
本申请实施例第十九方面提供了一种芯片系统，该芯片系统包括处理器，用于支持接入网设备实现上述第一方面或第一方面任意一种可能的实现方式、上述第三方面或第三方面任意一种可能的实现方式或者上述第五方面或第五方面任意一种可能的实现方式中所涉及的功能。在一种可能的设计中，该芯片系统还可以包括存储器，存储器，用于保存该接入网设备必要的程序指令和数据。该芯片系统，可以由芯片构成，也可以包含芯片和其他 分立器件。
本申请实施例第二十方面提供了一种芯片系统，该芯片系统包括处理器，用于支持终端设备实现上述第二方面或第二方面任意一种可能的实现方式、上述第四方面或第四方面任意一种可能的实现方式中所涉及的功能。在一种可能的设计中，该芯片系统还可以包括存储器，存储器，用于保存该终端设备必要的程序指令和数据。该芯片系统，可以由芯片构成，也可以包含芯片和其他分立器件。
本申请实施例第二十一方面提供了一种通信系统，该通信系统包括上述第六方面的通信装置和第七方面的通信装置，或，该通信系统包括上述第八方面的通信装置和第九方面的通信装置，或，该通信系统包括上述第十方面的通信装置，或，该通信系统包括上述第十一方面的通信装置和第十二方面的通信装置，或，该通信系统包括上述第十三方面的通信装置和第十四方面的通信装置。
其中，第六、第八、第十、第十一、第十三、第十五、第十七、第十九、第二十一方面或者其中任一种可能实现方式所带来的技术效果可参见第一方面或第一方面不同可能实现方式所带来的技术效果，或参见第三方面或第三方面不同可能实现方式所带来的技术效果，或参见第五方面或第五方面不同可能实现方式所带来的技术效果。
其中，第七、第九、第十一、第十三、第十五、第十七、第十九、第二十一方面或者其中任一种可能实现方式所带来的技术效果可参见第二方面或第二方面不同可能实现方式所带来的技术效果，或参见第四方面或第四方面不同可能实现方式所带来的技术效果。
从以上技术方案可以看出，本申请实施例具有以下优点：接入网设备在建立用于第一网络和终端设备之间通信的RRC连接之后，接入网设备通过该用于第一网络和终端设备之间通信的RRC连接接收来自终端设备请求在第二网络注册的注册请求消息，并将该注册请求消息发送至对应的第二网络的核心网设备，此后，在接入网设备接收到该核心网设备的注册响应消息之后，该接入网设备将该注册响应消息发送至该终端设备，以完成该终端设备在第二网络中的注册过程，即接入网设备通过与终端设备已建立的RRC连接管理该终端设备的空口资源，使用复用RRC连接的方式实现终端设备的业务并发，提升通信效率。
附图说明
为了更清楚地说明本申请实施例或现有技术中的技术方案，下面将对实施例或现有技术描述中所需要使用的附图作简单地介绍，显而易见地，下面描述中的附图仅仅是本发明的一些实施例，对于本领域普通技术人员来讲，在不付出创造性劳动性的前提下，还可以根据这些附图获得其他的附图。
图1为本申请实施例中网络架构的一个示意图；
图2为本申请实施例中网络架构的一个示意图；
图3为本申请实施例中网络架构的一个示意图；
图4-1为本申请实施例中网络架构的一个示意图；
图4-2为本申请实施例中网络架构的一个示意图；
图5为本申请实施例中一种通信方法实施例的一个示意图；
图6为本申请实施例中一种通信方法实施例的另一个示意图；
图7为本申请实施例中一种通信方法实施例的另一个示意图；
图8为本申请实施例中一种通信方法实施例的另一个示意图；
图9为本申请实施例中一种通信方法实施例的另一个示意图；
图10为本申请实施例中一种通信方法实施例的另一个示意图；
图11为本申请实施例中一种通信方法实施例的另一个示意图；
图12为本申请实施例中一种通信装置实施例的一个示意图；
图13为本申请实施例中一种通信装置实施例的另一个示意图；
图14为本申请实施例中一种通信装置实施例的另一个示意图；
图15为本申请实施例中一种通信装置实施例的另一个示意图；
图16为本申请实施例中一种通信装置实施例的另一个示意图；
图17为本申请实施例中一种通信装置实施例的另一个示意图；
图18为本申请实施例中一种通信装置实施例的另一个示意图。
具体实施方式
下面将结合本发明实施例中的附图，对本发明实施例进行描述。本申请的说明书和权利要求书及所述附图中的术语“第一”、“第二”、“第三”和“第四”等是用于区别不同对象，而不是用于描述特定顺序。此外，术语“包括”和“具有”以及它们任何变形，意图在于覆盖不排他的包含。例如包含了一系列步骤或单元的过程、方法、系统、产品或设备没有限定于已列出的步骤或单元，而是可选地还包括没有列出的步骤或单元，或可选地还包括对于这些过程、方法、产品或设备固有的其它步骤或单元。在本文中提及“实施例”意味着，结合实施例描述的特定特征、结构或特性可以包含在本申请的至少一个实施例中。在说明书中的各个位置出现该短语并不一定均是指相同的实施例，也不是与其它实施例互斥的独立的或备选的实施例。本领域技术人员显式地和隐式地理解的是，本文所描述的实施例可以与其它实施例相结合。
首先对本申请实施例中所涉及的网元进行介绍：
终端设备：可以为用户设备(user equipment，UE)、手持终端、笔记本电脑、用户单元(subscriber unit)、蜂窝电话(cellular phone)、智能电话(smart phone)、无线数据卡、个人数字助理(personal digital assistant，PDA)电脑、平板型电脑、无线调制解调器(modem)、手持设备(handheld)、膝上型电脑(laptop computer)、无绳电话(cordless phone)或者无线本地环路(wireless local loop，WLL)台、机器类型通信(machine type communication，MTC)终端或是其他可以接入网络的设备。终端设备与接入网设备之间采用某种空口技术相互通信。
接入网(radio access network，RAN)设备：主要负责空口侧的无线资源管理、服务质量(quality of service，QoS)管理、数据压缩和加密等功能。所述接入网设备可以包括各种形式的基站，例如：宏基站，微基站(也称为小站)，中继站，接入点等。在采用不同的无线接入技术的系统中，具备基站功能的设备的名称可能会有所不同，例如，在第五 代(5th generation，5G)系统中，称为gNB；在LTE系统中，称为演进的节点B(evolved NodeB，eNB或者eNodeB)；在第三代(3rd generation，3G)系统中，称为节点B(Node B)等。
接入和移动性管理功能(access and mobility management function，AMF)网元：属于核心网网元，主要负责信令处理部分，例如：接入控制、移动性管理、附着与去附着以及网关选择等功能。AMF网元为终端设备中的会话提供服务的情况下，会为该会话提供控制面的存储资源，以及存储会话标识、与会话标识关联的SMF网元标识等。
不可信的非3GPP接入网(Untrusted non-3GPP Access Network)设备：该网元允许终端设备和3GPP核心网之间采用非3GPP技术互连互通，其中非3GPP技术例如：无线保真(wireless fidelity，Wi-Fi)、全球微波互联接入(worldwide interoperability for microwave access，WiMAX)、码分多址(code division multiple access，CDMA)网络等，相对于可信的非3GPP接入网设备可以直接接入3GPP核心网，该网元需要通过安全网关建立的安全隧道来与3GPP核心网互连互通，其中安全网关例如：演进型分组数据网关(evolved packet data gateway，ePDG)或者非3GPP互通功能(Non-3GPP inter working function,N3IWF)网元。
会话管理功能(session management function，SMF)网元：负责用户面网元选择，用户面网元重定向，因特网协议(internet protocol，IP)地址分配，承载的建立、修改和释放以及QoS控制。
用户面功能(user plane function，UPF)网元：负责终端设备中用户数据的转发和接收。可以从数据网络接收用户数据，通过接入网设备传输给终端设备；UPF网元还可以通过接入网设备从终端设备接收用户数据，转发到数据网络。UPF网元中为终端设备提供服务的传输资源和调度功能由SMF网元管理控制的。
策略控制功能(policy control function，PCF)网元：主要支持提供统一的策略框架来控制网络行为，提供策略规则给控制层网络功能，同时负责获取与策略相关的用户签约信息。
认证服务功能(authentication server function，AUSF)网元：主要提供认证功能，支持3GPP接入和Non-3GPP接入的认证，具体可参考3GPP TS 33.501。
网络暴露功能(network exposure function，NEF)网元：主要支持3GPP网络和第三方应用安全的交互，NEF能够安全的向第三方暴露网络能力和事件，用于加强或者改善应用服务质量，3GPP网络同样可以安全的从第三方获取相关数据，用以增强网络的智能决策；同时该网元支持从统一数据库恢复结构化数据或者向统一数据库中存储结构化数据。
统一数据库功能(unified data repository，UDR)网元：主要负责存储结构化数据，存储的内容包括签约数据和策略数据、对外暴露的结构化数据和应用相关的数据。
应用功能(application function，AF)网元：主要支持与3GPP核心网交互来提供服务，例如影响数据路由决策，策略控制功能或者向网络侧提供第三方的一些服务。
本申请后续的实施例可以应用于LTE系统、5G系统或者是更高级的网络系统中，下面将以本申请应用于5G场景的示例进行说明。目前5G的第三代合作伙伴计划(the third  generation partnership project，3GPP)系统架构如图1所示，包含的网络功能和实体主要有：UE、(R)AN、UPF、数据网络(data network,DN)、AMF、SMF、PCF、AF、NSSF、AUSF和UDM。这些网络功能和实体的全称详见前述网元介绍部分。另外图中展示了网络功能实体之间的交互关系以及对应的接口，例如，UE和AMF之间可以通过N1接口进行交互，(R)AN与AMF之间可以通过N2接口进行交互，其他网络功能实体之间的交互接口(接口N3/N4/N5/N6...N22等)类似，此处不再赘述；其中，在5G系统中，图1中部分接口可以采用服务化接口(Nnssf/Nnef/Nnrf...等)的方式实现，具体如图2所示。另外大数据分析网元中的网络数据分析功能实体(network data analytics function，NWDAF)和其他网络功能可以通过服务化接口Nnwdaf进行交互。
在图1和图2所示网络架构中，UE、(R)AN、UPF和DN等一般被称为用户层网络功能实体，用户的数据流量可以通过UE和DN之间建立的协议数据单元(protocol data unit，PDU)会话(session)进行传输，传输会经过(R)AN和UPF这两个网络功能(实体)；而其他的部分则被称为控制层网络功能和实体，主要负责认证和鉴权、注册管理、会话管理、移动性管理以及策略控制等功能，从而实现用户层流量可靠稳定的传输。另外,本申请后续实施例应用于5G场景时，可以进一步结合5G中的非3GPP(non-3GPP)系统进行实现，具体non-3GPP系统架构如图3所示，相对于3GPP的系统架构，新增网元非3GPP互连功能实体(non-3GPP interworking function，N3IWF)。
随着网络的发展，移动终端从单卡单待发展到多卡多待的实现模式，以双卡双待为例，DSDS移动终端的机身内具有两个SIM卡、或两个软SIM卡(虚拟SIM，对应软件形式的SIM信息)、或一个SIM卡内具有2份SIM信息，用户只需要使用一部DSDS移动终端，就可以方便快捷的操作该DSDS内的两张SIM卡。其中，SIM卡具体可以为通用用户识别模块(Universal Subscriber Identity Module，USIM)、IP多媒体业务识别模块(IP Multi Media Service Identity Module，ISIM)，嵌入式SIM卡(embedded SIM，eSIM)或者是其它类型的SIM卡，本申请实施例及后续实施例中对此不做限定。
在现有技术中，多卡多待终端内的不同SIM卡可以分别支持相同类型或者是不同类型的网络，例如公共陆地移动网PLMN、非公共网络NPN等，目前5G R16版本中定义了两种私网类型：SNPN和PNI-NPN。其中，SNPN表示不依赖公网PLMN网络功能的网络，可以具有独立接入网(RAN)和核心网(core network，CN)，PNI-NPN表示可以部分依赖公网PLMN提供网络功能的网络。另外，PNI-NPN目前也可以进一步细分为两种：(1)封闭访问组(closed access group,CAG)，属于PNI-NPN网络的一种，该种类型的私网是公网PLMN网络的一部分，只是针对特定业务/用户提供服务；(2)切片(Slicing)，这种类型的私网同样属于PNI-NPN网络的一种，利用5G定义的切片特性使用专门的切片为特定业务/用户提供服务。
现有多卡多待终端存在多张SIM卡的数据并发需求，意味着需要支持多种不同网络的数据业务同时并发。例如，在工业制造场景中，产线中的传感器、机器装置以及控制器不仅需要在工厂本地进行通讯，还需要传输部分数据到工厂外的云/数据中心中。如果工厂通讯采用私网部署，则工厂设备(传感器、机器装置以及控制)需要同时支持私网和公网数据业务并发。除了工业制造场景中的现实需求，不仅3GPP SA1中明确定义了的行业公私网 业务同时访问的基本需求，而且相关的法律法规也要求私网中的设备需要支持紧急呼叫(“支持紧急呼叫”属于公网业务的一种)。
上述公私网业务并发需求，意味着多卡多待终端需要支持至少两种不同网络的数据业务同时并发。除了3GPP R16私网课题中引入的相关技术之外，还包括语音技术涉及多网络业务。下面将对涉及多网络业务的相关技术进行介绍：
覆盖(Overlay)，基本配置为一套射频，为R16中支持通过NPN隧道(NPN整体作为N3GPP接入网)的方式实现访问公网业务，适用范围包括双卡双待双通，协议复杂，UE处理资源消耗高，占用私网空口资源；
漫游(Roaming)，基本配置为一套射频，为R17讨论NPN和PLMN采用类似漫游的方式实现，适用范围包括双卡/单卡单待单通，需要基于核心网控制面、用户面互通接口，部署难度高，占用私网资源；
同步支持GSM和LTE(Simultaneous GSM and LTE，SGLTE)，基本配置为两套射频(3Rx/2Tx)，支持LTE和GSM并发，能够同时进行语音和数据业务，终端拥有两套系带射频资源，其中一套使用支持LTE的多模芯片，另一套使用GSM芯片，适用范围包括单卡双待，成本高，功耗高；
同步支持语音和LTE(Simultaneous Voice and LTE，SVLTE)，基本配置为两套射频(3Rx/2Tx)，支持数据和语音业务同时进行，与SGLTE不同的是，这里语音业务可以支持GSM、CDMA、UMST等2G/3G网络，而不仅仅是GSM。终端也需要两套基带射频资源，适用范围包括单卡双待，成本高，功耗高；
电路域回落(circuit switched fallback，CSFB)，基本配置为一套射频，支持4G网络进行数据业务，语音业务回落到2G/3G进行，适用范围包括单卡单待，针对移动和联通场景，不支持4G网络的数据业务和语音业务并发；
单待LTE(single radio LTE，SRLTE)，基本配置为一套射频(2Rx/1Tx),支持4G网络进行数据业务，语音业务使用CDMA网络进行，与CSFB不同的是，这种方案会在LTE网络和CDMMA 1X网络同时待机，适用范围包括类单卡双待，针对电信场景，不支持4G网络的数据业务和语音业务并发：
双卡双通(dual SIM dual active，DSDA)，基本配置为两套射频/外挂基带，双卡双通，支持4G网络数据和语音业务并发，适用范围包括双卡双待双通，成本高、功耗高；
DSDS，基本配置为一套射频(2Rx/1Tx),双卡双待单通，终端内不同的卡之间不能同时进行语音业务，RF资源双卡动态调度，周期性解寻呼，适用范围包括双卡双待单通，功耗成本低；
其中，具备两套射频模块的技术因为成本以及功耗高，可用性较低；而具备一套射频模块的OverLay和Roaming方案是3GPP私网课题中提出的新方案，但是缺点也比较明显：Overlay的方案协议复杂，UE处理资源消耗高，占用私网空口资源；Roaming方案中需要基于核心网控制面板、用户面互通接口，部署难度高，同样占用私网资源。
示例性的，在解决多网络业务并发的问题时，现有相关技术中，以DSDS终端为例，将DSDS终端的射频通道分为主辅通道，DSDS终端中的主通道包含接收器(RX)和发射器(TX)， DSDS终端的辅通道仅有RX同于侦听。然而，如果在DSDS终端中，某一SIM卡发生TX抢占，即占用主通道时，其它SIM卡会释放资源，并进行搜网驻留，并进入空闲态(IDLE)，无法实现高效的业务并发。
进一步地，如果终端中存在n卡m通时，即终端中包含有n张SIM卡以及m套射频设备时，其中，n大于m且m为大于0的整数(例如，三卡三待双通，四卡四待三通等终端)。为了实现该终端业务并发的通信需求，此时，该终端中存在某一射频通道需要满足至少两个SIM卡的通信，由于这一射频通道在同一时刻只能收发其中一个SIM卡的相关数据，当某一SIM卡发生射频通道抢占时，会导致使用该套射频资源的其它SIM卡释放资源，并进行搜网驻留，导致业务中断，从而无法实现该n卡m通中断的业务并发。
更进一步地，如果终端中存在n卡n通时，其中，n为大于1的整数，即在该终端中SIM卡的数目与射频通道的数目相同的情况下(例如，双卡双待双通、三卡三待三通，四卡四待四通等终端)，运营商或者用户可以为不同SIM卡设置不同的优先级，例如，高优先级的SIM卡可以使用n套射频通道卡中至少两个，而低优先级的SIM卡仅可以使用n套射频通道中指定的其中一个，在这种情况下，高优先级的SIM卡有可能抢占低优先级的SIM卡的射频通道，导致该低优先级的SIM卡释放资源，并进行搜网驻留，导致该低优先级的SIM卡业务中断。此时，如果该低优先级的SIM卡需要执行紧急呼叫业务、或者是执行其它低时延要求的业务时，由于该低优先级的SIM卡所允许使用的射频通道被抢占，即由于该n卡n通终端无法实现业务并发，导致该终端无法满足用户需求，使得用户体验大大下降。
综上所述，现有解决多网络业务并发的问题的相关实现过程，受限于硬件能力，并不能实现高效的业务并发。
为此，本申请主要针对该问题提供一种基于UE粒度的空口资源管理方法(而不是基于SIM卡的)，以实现高效的公私网业务的并发。
本申请主要适用于多网络间的业务并发，该多网络包括至少两个不同的网络，示例性地，至少两个不同的网络可以包括：
(1)公网和私网之间的业务并发，如图4-1和图4-2所示(特别地，如果NPN类型为PNI-NPN，则图中展示的PLMN网络网元和NPN网络网元可以相同)；
(2)也适用于私网和私网之间业务并发；
(3)公网之间的业务并发。
具体地，图4-1中展示的是共享小区的场景，即私网用户和公网用户可以通过相同的小区接入各自的网络(如目前的CAG小区，私网和公网用户均可接入)，针对手机多SIM卡的场景，即其中的一张卡可以接入私网，另外一张卡可以接入公网，但是使用的是相同的小区分别接入的。
图4-2展示的是共享载波聚合(Carrier Aggregation,CA)资源池的场景，一般情况下每个频点小区称为载波分量(component carrier，CC)，不同网络之间可以共享不同载波分量CC构成的资源池，公网/私网UE可以选择独立/相同的主载波分量(primary component carrier，PCC)，并使用资源池中不同载波分量CC (secondary component carrier，SCC)进行聚合，以提升带宽。另外基站可以动态添加/删除副载波小区。
具体在图4-1和图4-2所示的UE中，该UE为多卡多待终端，包括至少两个SIM卡(即第一SIM卡和第二SIM卡)，显然，该UE还可以包括第三SIM卡、第四SIM卡，甚至更多的SIM卡，以支持多卡通信，此处不做限定。本申请中，根据UE中各SIM卡的当前不同的连接状态对应的场景，提供了适应性的解决方案，下面将分别介绍。
一、应用于UE中第一SIM卡已建立与网络侧的无线资源控制(radio resource control，RRC)连接的场景
请参阅图5，本申请实施例中一种通信方法的一个实施例包括：
501、终端设备通过用于第一网络和终端设备之间通信的RRC连接向接入网设备发送请求在第二网络注册的注册请求消息；
本实施例中，终端设备通过用于第一网络和终端设备之间通信的RRC连接向接入网设备发送请求在第二网络注册的注册请求消息，相应的，接入网设备在步骤501中通过用于第一网络和终端设备之间通信的RRC连接接收来自终端设备请求在第二网络注册的注册请求消息。
其中，本实施例及后续实施例中，该终端设备和接入网设备的具体实现可以参考前述网元介绍内容实现，具体可以为LTE系统、5G系统或者是更高级系统的终端设备和接入网设备，此处不做限定。
在一种具体的实现方式中，步骤501中的RRC连接可以是接入网设备按照标准流程预先建立用于第一网络和终端设备之间通信的RRC连接。其中，该终端设备可以为多卡多待终端，也就是说，该终端设备至少包括第一用户识别模块和第二用户识别模块，显然，该终端设备还可以进一步包括第三用户识别模块、第四用户识别模块或者是其它更多的用户识别模块，以支持多卡多待通信。示例性地，终端设备中的用户识别模块可以是SIM、USIM、ISIM、eSIM或者是其它类型的用户识别模块。其中，该多卡多待终端具体可以包括n卡m通，即该多卡多待终端中包含有n张SIM卡以及m套射频设备时，其中，n大于m且m为大于0的整数(例如，三卡三待双通，四卡四待三通等终端)，或者，该多卡多待终端具体可以包括n卡n通，其中，n为大于1的整数，即在该终端中SIM卡的数目与射频通道的数目相同的情况下(例如，双卡双待双通、三卡三待三通，四卡四待四通等终端)，此处不做限定。
具体地，在该终端设备中，第一用户识别模块对应于第一网络，第二用户识别模块对应于第二网络，也就是说，终端设备中第一用户识别模块根据RAN侧广播的网络信息(如果是公网广播PLMN ID/如果是CAG类型私网则广播PLMN ID+CAG ID/如果是SNPN类型私网则广播PLMN ID+NID)以及本地配置的网络选择优先级信息进行NET选择，确定出第一网络；其中，终端设备中第二用户识别模块确定出第二网络与确定出第一网络的过程类似，此处不再赘述。其中，该注册请求消息还可以承载有该第二网络的标识信息，具体来说，第二网络的标识信息可以包括PLMN ID、CAG ID、NID等标识信息。
此外，第一网络和第二网络可以是同一通信网络，或者是不同的通信网络，其中，该 通信网络可以包括公共陆地移动网PLMN、非公共网络NPN或者是其它任意类型的网络，此处不做限定。此时，步骤501的实现过程具体可以包括：该终端设备通过用于第一用户识别模块和终端设备之间通信的RRC连接向接入网设备发送该第二用户识别模块请求在第二网络注册的注册请求消息。
在步骤501的具体实现过程中，该终端设备可以通过该RRC连接向该接入网设备发送该第一用户识别模块的标识信息和该第二用户识别模块的标识信息，使得该接入网设备可以确定该终端设备包含有该第一用户识别模块和第二用户识别模块。其中，该第一用户识别模块的标识信息和该第二用户识别模块的标识信息可以承载于步骤501之前，终端设备向该接入网设备发送的RRC上行消息(例如RRC建立请求(RRC Setup Request)消息、RRC重建请求(RRC Reestablishment Request)消息、上行数据传输(UL Information Transfer)消息等)中，或者承载于步骤501发送的注册请求消息所在的消息中，或者是终端设备向接入网设备发送的其它消息中，此处不做限定。此外，该RRC上行消息中，终端设备还可以针对该第二用户识别模块承载有上行原因(cause)值，即在该RRC上行消息中承载有第二用户识别模块对应的cause 2。
在步骤501的具体实现过程中，终端设备还可以进一步通过该RRC连接向该接入网设备发送第一指示，其中，该第一指示用于指示该RRC连接用于多个网络和该终端设备之间通信，具体该第一指示可以承载于步骤501之前，终端设备向该接入网设备发送的UL Information Transfer消息中，或者承载于步骤501发送的注册请求消息所在的消息中，或者是终端设备向接入网设备发送的其它消息中，此处不做限定；此后，该接入网设备该可以根据该终端设备发送的第一指示修改该RRC连接的类型为多个网络共用，进一步地，该接入网设备还可以向该终端设备发送用于指示该RRC连接的类型为该多个网络共用的第一下行RRC消息，即接入网设备可以通过该第一指示修改该RRC连接的类型为多个网络公用，从而在步骤501中，接入网设备通过类型为多个网络共用的RRC连接接收来自终端设备请求在第二网络注册的注册请求消息。具体地，该终端设备中可以包括多个(至少两个)用户识别模块，在第一指示具体可以指示终端设备的多个用户识别模块中指定部分用户标识模块共用的RRC连接，此时，可以通过前述携带的第一用户识别模块的标识信息和该第二用户识别模块的标识信息进行标识；也可以指示终端设备的多个用户识别模块中所有用户身份标识共用的RRC连接，此时，可以通过第一用户识别模块的标识信息和该第二用户识别模块的标识信息以及可能存在的其它用户识别模块的标识信息进行标识，此处不做限定。
此外，当接入网设备接收来自终端设备的第一指示之后，该接入网设备可以确定该RRC连接用于多个网络和该终端设备之间通信，此后，接入网设备可以根据第一用户识别模块的标识信息和该第二用户识别模块的标识信息关联两个用户识别模块对应的上下文，使得后续针对第一用户识别模块和该第二用户识别模块的信令的处理过程中，接入网设备可以使用相同的信令无线承载(signaling radio bearer，SRB)承载或者不同的SRB承载。
在步骤501之前，该终端设备还可以根据第一用户识别模块所驻留的小区和第二用户识别模块所驻留的小区设定触发条件，其中，该第一用户识别模块驻留在目标小区，该接 入网设备的服务区域包括该目标小区；其中，在该终端设备确定该第二用户识别模块驻留在该目标小区时，即在终端设备确定第一用户识别模块和第二用户识别模块驻留在同一个小区时，此时，该终端设备确定第二用户识别模块可以通过该第一用户识别模块与该接入网设备之间的RRC连接进行通信，随后，该终端设备触发执行步骤501，即触发执行通过用于第一网络和终端设备之间通信的RRC连接向接入网设备发送请求在第二网络注册的注册请求消息。从而，提升该终端设备中第二用户识别模块通过该接入网设备注册的成功率，进一步提升通信效率。具体地，终端设备可以通过接收来自接入网设备的系统消息(例如主系统信息块(mater information block，MIB)、系统信息块(system information block，SIB)、或者是其它信息块)中的广播的小区ID等信息确定出第一用户识别模块所驻留的小区ID和第二用户识别模块的小区ID，如果第一用户识别模块和第二用户识别模块选择的小区ID相同，则确定两者所驻留的小区相同，否则，则确定两者所驻留的小区不同。
502、接入网设备向所述第二网络的核心网设备发送所述注册请求消息；
本实施例中，接入网设备向所述第二网络的核心网设备发送所述注册请求消息，相应的，第二网络的核心网设备在步骤502中接收来自该接入网设备的注册请求消息。
具体地，接入网设备在步骤501中确定出第二网络的标识信息，并根据该第二网络的标识信息向第二网络的核心网设备发送该注册请求消息，即向该核心网设备发送该终端设备请求在第二网络注册的注册请求消息。
503、核心网设备向接入网设备发送注册响应消息；
本实施例中，在核心网设备确定该终端设备注册至该第二网络时，该核心网设备向接入网设备发送注册响应消息，相应的，接入网设备在步骤503中接收来自核心网设备的注册响应消息。
在一种具体的实现方式中，该终端设备可以为多卡多待终端，其中，该终端设备至少包括第一用户识别模块和第二用户识别模块，且第一用户识别模块对应于第一网络，第二用户识别模块对应于第二网络，该接入网设备在步骤501中通过该RRC连接接收来自该终端设备的第一用户识别模块的标识信息和第二用户识别模块的标识信息之后，该接入网设备可以确定该终端设备包含有该第一用户识别模块和第二用户识别模块；从而，在步骤503之后，即接入网设备接收来自该核心网设备的注册响应消息之后，此时，接入网设备可以确定该终端设备注册至该第二网络，进一步地，该接入网设备可以将该第一用户识别模块的标识信息对应的上下文与该第二用户识别模块的标识信息对应的上下文关联，即接入网设备将该RRC连接、该第一用户识别模块的标识信息对应的上下文、该第二用户识别模块的标识信息对应的上下文进行关联，使得该终端设备的第一用户识别模块和第二用户识别模块均通过该RRC连接实现通信，实现多卡多待的终端设备的业务并发。
在步骤503之后，即在该接入网设备通过该RRC连接向该终端设备发送该注册响应消息之后，该接入网设备可以确定该终端设备注册至该第二网络，此时，该接入网设备可以建立与该终端设备之间该第一用户识别模块和该第二用户识别模块共用的接入层AS安全配置其中，该AS安全配置是共用的AS安全配置，避免AS安全配置泄露的风险，提升该终 端设备通信的安全性。此外，在步骤501中，如果在接入网设备建立用于第一网络和终端设备之间通信的RRC连接的过程中，该接入网设备已经完成建立与该终端设备中第一用户识别模块的接入层AS安全配置的情况下，在该接入网设备接收到来自该核心网设备的注册响应消息之后，该接入网设备可以重新建立与该终端设备之间该第一用户识别模块和该第二用户识别模块共用的接入层AS安全配置。具体地，传统的AS安全是基于用户识别模块的不同而单独建立的，即不同的用户识别模块会建立不同的AS安全，如果第二用户识别模块使用第一用户识别模块建立的AS上下文进行通讯时，第二用户识别模块可以获取第一用户识别模块的AS上下文，相对来说，第一用户识别模块的AS层安全性就降低了；故，此处建立的共用的AS安全针对多个用户识别模块共同建立的，从而避免了AS安全配置泄露的风险，在一定程度上可以提升该终端设备通信的安全性。
此外，在步骤503之后，即该接入网设备可以确定该终端设备注册至该第二网络之后，接入网设备可以通过该RRC连接建立第二网络与该终端设备的NAS安全流程。
在步骤503之后，即在该接入网设备通过该RRC连接向该终端设备发送该注册响应消息之后，该接入网设备可以确定该终端设备注册至该第二网络，此时，该接入网设备建立与该核心网设备之间关于该第二用户识别模块的第二非接入层NAS数据链路，并且后续该终端设备与第二网络的核心网设备之间的NAS数据可以通过该NAS数据链路进行传输，具体来说：在该接入网设备根据该第二NAS数据链路接收到来自该核心网设备的下行NAS消息时，该接入网设备通过该RRC连接向该第二用户识别模块发送该下行NAS消息；和/或，在该接入网设备通过该RRC连接接收到来自该终端设备的上行NAS消息时，该接入网设备通过该第二NAS数据链路向该核心网设备发送该上行NAS消息。提供该第二用户识别模块与第二网络的核心网设备通信的具体实现过程，提升方案的可实现性，从而提高了本方案的实现灵活性。示例性地，该第二NAS数据链路在LTE场景下可以包括S1应用协议(S1 Application Protocol，S1AP)数据链路，在5G场景下可以包括NG应用层协议(NG application protocol，NGAP)数据链路，还可以使用其它的数据链路实现，此处不做限定。
在步骤503之后，即在该接入网设备通过该RRC连接向该终端设备发送该注册响应消息之后，该接入网设备可以确定该终端设备注册至该第二网络，此时，该接入网设备可以为该第一用户识别模块和该第二用户识别模块分配数据无线承载DRB；和/或，该接入网设备可以为该第一用户识别模块和该第二用户识别模块分配载波分量CC。其中，由于该终端设备中的第一用户识别模块和第二用户识别模块都是通过该RRC连接与该接入网设备通信，而该接入网设备的无线资源是一定的，因此，该接入网设备可以分别为该第一用户识别模块和该第二用户识别模块分配数据无线承载DRB和/或载波分量CC，从而，接入网设备可以为终端设备中不同用户识别模块提供差异化服务。
具体地，如果需要明确区分不同网络的业务数据使用不同的数据无线承载(data radio bearer，DRB)，则接入网设备可以根据公私网业务类型(可以是NET ID、CAG ID、NID中的任一或者组合)区分业务数据流量来自不同的网络，并建立或者修改DRB，使得不同网络的业务数据流量使用不同的DRB，下面将对该分配过程进行示例性说明：
1)如果还需要区分CC单元/或者增强CC单元的调度机制，接入网设备中RAN高层(RRC、 分组数据汇聚层协议(packet data convergence protocol，PDCP)或者无线链路控制(radio link control，RLC))将数据/业务的公私网类型告知资源调度器(逻辑上属于接入网设备中的媒体接入控制(media access control，MAC)层)；
2)如果支持CA特性并涉及多CC，资源调度器可以根据数据/业务的公私网类型，使用特定的CC载波；
3)如果仅涉及单CC，资源调度器可以额外根据数据/业务的公私网类型，合理分配的CC内的资源(例如保证公私网业务比例)。
504、接入网设备通过所述RRC连接向终端设备发送所述注册响应消息。
本实施例中，接入网设备通过该RRC连接向终端设备发送注册响应消息，相应的，终端设备在步骤504中通过该RRC连接接收来自接入网设备的注册响应消息。
在一种具体的实现方式中，接入网设备在步骤504中还可以通过第二指示，该第二指示用于指示该注册响应消息关联于该终端设备中的第二用户识别模块，使得该终端设备根据该第二指示确定该第二用户识别模块已注册至该第二网络，后续该终端设备中的第二用户识别模块可以通过该RRC连接与该第二网络的核心网设备进行通信，实现终端设备的业务并发。其中，该第二指示可以为显性的指示方式，也可以是隐性的指示方式，具体来说：
当该第二指示为显性的指示方式时，该接入网设备通过该RRC连接向该终端设备发送第二指示，其中，该第二指示在具体的实现上，可以是接入网设备向终端设备发送的RRC下行消息(例如RRC设置(RRC setup)消息、RRC重设置(RRC Reestablishment Request)消息或者是RRC重建(RRC Reestablishment)消息等)中新增加的特殊字段实现，也可以是接入网设备向终端设备发送的RRC下行消息(例如RRC设置消息、RRC重设置消息或者是RRC重建消息等)新增的类型信息实现，还可以是其它的实现方式，此处不做限定；
当该第二指示为隐性的指示方式时，该接入网设备通过该RRC连接向该终端设备发送第二指示，其中，该第二指示在具体的实现上，可以是接入网设备重新建立新的消息，该新的消息不同于常用的RRC下行消息，用于指示该注册响应消息关联于该终端设备中的指定用户识别模块(第二用户识别模块)。
本实施例中，接入网设备在建立用于第一网络和终端设备之间通信的RRC连接之后，接入网设备通过该用于第一网络和终端设备之间通信的RRC连接接收来自终端设备请求在第二网络注册的注册请求消息，并将该注册请求消息发送至对应的第二网络的核心网设备，此后，在接入网设备接收到该核心网设备的注册响应消息之后，该接入网设备将该注册响应消息发送至该终端设备，以完成该终端设备在第二网络中的注册过程，即接入网设备通过与终端设备已建立的RRC连接管理该终端设备的空口资源，使用复用RRC连接的方式实现终端设备的业务并发，提升通信效率。
二、应用于UE中第一SIM卡尚未建立与网络侧的RRC连接的场景
请参阅图6，本申请实施例中一种通信方法的另一个实施例包括：
601、接入网设备建立用于多个网络与终端设备之间通信的共用的无线资源控制RRC连接；
本实施例中，接入网设备可以根据终端设备的RRC请求消息，建立用于多个网络与终 端设备之间通信的共用的无线资源控制RRC连接。
在一种具体的实现方式中，该终端设备可以为多卡多待终端，其中，该终端设备至少包括第一用户识别模块和第二用户识别模块，且第一用户识别模块对应于第一网络，第二用户识别模块对应于第二网络，示例性地，终端设备中的用户识别模块可以是SIM、USIM、ISIM、eSIM或者是其它类型的用户识别模块。其中，该多卡多待终端具体可以包括n卡m通，即该多卡多待终端中包含有n张SIM卡以及m套射频设备时，其中，n大于m且m为大于0的整数(例如，三卡三待双通，四卡四待三通等终端)，或者，该多卡多待终端具体可以包括n卡n通，其中，n为大于1的整数，即在该终端中SIM卡的数目与射频通道的数目相同的情况下(例如，双卡双待双通、三卡三待三通，四卡四待四通等终端)，此处不做限定。
在步骤601中，该接入网设备建立该RRC连接的过程具体可以包括：接入网设备接收来自该终端设备的第一用户识别模块的标识信息和第二用户识别模块的标识信息，使得该接入网设备可以确定该终端设备包含有该第一用户识别模块和第二用户识别模块，在该接入网设备建立与终端设备中的该第一用户识别模块和该第二用户识别模块共用的该RRC连接之后，进而该终端设备的第一用户识别模块和第二用户识别模块均通过该RRC连接实现通信，实现多卡多待的终端设备的业务并发。其中，第一用户识别模块的标识信息和第二用户识别模块的标识信息可以承载于终端设备向接入网设备发送的RRC上行消息(例如RRC建立请求(RRC Setup Request)消息、RRC重建请求(RRC Reestablishment Request)消息、上行数据传输(UL Information Transfer)消息等)中，此外，该RRC上行消息中，终端设备还可以针对不同用户识别模块承载有不同的上行原因(cause)值，即在该RRC上行消息中承载有第一用户识别模块对应的cause 1，以及第二用户识别模块对应的cause 2。
进一步地，在步骤601的实现过程中，接入网设备在建立该RRC连接的过程中，接入网设备可以发送基本的配置信息给终端设备(例如无线承载配置(RadioBearerConfig)、主小区组(MasterCellGroup)信息等),终端设备在接收到该配置信息后，可以为第一用户识别模块和第二用户识别模块配置相同的SRB或者不同的SRB，后续可以通过共同的RRC连接同时发送第一用户识别模块和第二用户识别模块的注册请求消息。
此外，在终端设备向该接入网设备发送该RRC上行消息之前，该终端设备还可以根据第一用户识别模块所驻留的小区和第二用户识别模块所驻留的小区设定触发条件，其中，该接入网设备的服务区域包括目标小区，当该终端设备确定第二用户识别模块所驻留的小区与第一用户识别模块所驻留的小区均为该目标小区时，该终端设备确定第二用户识别模块可以通过该第一用户识别模块与该接入网设备之间的RRC连接进行通信，此时，该终端设备触发执行向该接入网设备发送该RRC上行消息，从而，提升后续该终端设备中第一用户识别模块和第二用户识别模块通过该接入网设备注册的成功率，进一步提升通信效率。
602、接入网设备通过RRC连接接收来自终端设备请求在第一网络注册的第一注册请求消息和请求在第二网络注册的第二注册请求消息；
本实施例中，接入网设备通过RRC连接接收来自终端设备请求在第一网络注册的第一注册请求消息和请求在第二网络注册的第二注册请求消息，相应的，终端设备在步骤602 中，通过该RRC连接向该接入网设备发送请求在第一网络注册的第一注册请求消息和请求在第二网络注册的第二注册请求消息。
具体来说，在该终端设备中，第一用户识别模块对应于第一网络，第二用户识别模块对应于第二网络，也就是说，终端设备中第一用户识别模块根据RAN侧广播的网络信息(如果是公网广播PLMN ID/如果是CAG类型私网则广播PLMN ID+CAG ID/如果是SNPN类型私网则广播PLMN ID+NID)以及本地配置的网络选择优先级信息进行NET选择，确定出第一网络；其中，终端设备中第二用户识别模块确定出第二网络与确定出第一网络的过程类似，此处不再赘述。其中，该注册请求消息还可以承载有该第二网络的标识信息，具体来说，如果第二网络的标识信息可以包括PLMN ID、CAG ID、NID等标识信息。此外，第一网络和第二网络可以是同一通信网络，或者是不同的通信网络，其中，该通信网络可以包括公共陆地移动网PLMN、非公共网络NPN或者是其它任意类型的网络，此处不做限定。此时，步骤501的实现过程具体可以包括：该终端设备通过用于第一用户识别模块和终端设备之间通信的RRC连接向接入网设备发送该第二用户识别模块请求在第二网络注册的注册请求消息。其中，该第一注册请求消息和第二注册请求消息还可以分别承载有第一网络的标识信息以及该第二网络的标识信息，具体来说，第一网络的标识信息和第二网络的标识信息可以包括PLMN ID、CAG ID、NID等标识信息。
603、接入网设备向第一网络的核心网设备发送第一请求消息；
本实施例中，接入网设备向第一网络的核心网设备发送该第一请求消息，相应的，在步骤603中，第一网络的核心网设备接收来自该接入网设备的第一请求消息。
具体地，接入网设备在步骤602中确定出第一网络的标识信息，并根据该第一网络的标识信息向第一网络的核心网设备发送第一注册请求消息，即向第一网络的核心网设备发送该终端设备请求在第一网络注册的第一注册请求消息。
604、接入网设备接收来自第一网络的核心网设备的第一注册响应消息；
本实施例中，接入网设备接收来自第一网络的核心网设备的第一注册响应消息，相应的，在步骤604中，该核心网设备确定该终端设备注册至该第一网络，此时，第一网络的核心网设备向该接入网设备发送该第一注册响应消息。
在步骤604之后，即在该接入网设备接收来自该第一网络的核心网设备的第一注册响应消息之后，该接入网设备还可以进一步建立与该第一网络的核心网设备之间关于该第一用户识别模块的第一非接入层NAS数据链路，并且后续该终端设备与第一网络的核心网设备之间的NAS数据可以通过该第一NAS数据链路进行传输，具体来说：在该接入网设备通过该第一NAS数据链路接收到来自该第一网络的核心网设备的第一下行NAS消息时，该接入网设备通过该RRC连接向该终端设备发送该第一下行NAS消息，该第一下行NAS消息携带有该第一用户识别模块的标识信息；和/或，在该接入网设备通过该RRC连接接收到来自该终端设备的第二NAS消息时，该接入网设备通过该第一NAS数据链路向该第一网络的核心网设备发送该第一上行NAS消息，该第一上行NAS消息携带有该第一用户识别模块的标识信息。提供该第一用户识别模块与第一网络的核心网设备通信的具体实现过程，提升方案的可实现性，从而提高了本方案的实现灵活性。示例性地，该第一NAS数据链路在LTE 场景下可以包括S1AP数据链路，在5G场景下可以包括NGAP数据链路，还可以使用其它的数据链路实现，此处不做限定。
此外，在步骤604之后，即该接入网设备可以确定该终端设备注册至该第一网络之后，接入网设备可以通过该RRC连接建立第一网络与该终端设备的NAS安全流程。
605、接入网设备向第二网络的核心网设备发送第二请求消息；
本实施例中，接入网设备向第二网络的核心网设备发送该第二请求消息，相应的，第二网络的核心网设备在步骤603中接收来自该接入网设备的第二请求消息。
具体地，接入网设备在步骤602中确定出第二网络的标识信息，并根据该第二网络的标识信息向第二网络的核心网设备发送第二注册请求消息，即向第二网络的核心网设备发送该终端设备请求在第二网络注册的第二注册请求消息。
606、接入网设备接收来自第二网络的核心网设备的第二注册响应消息；
本实施例中，接入网设备接收来自第二网络的核心网设备的第二注册响应消息，相应的，在步骤606中，该核心网设备确定该终端设备注册至该第二网络，此时，第二网络的核心网设备向该接入网设备发送该第二注册响应消息。
在步骤606之后，即在该接入网设备接收来自该第二网络的核心网设备的第二注册响应消息之后，该接入网设备可以建立与该第二网络的核心网设备之间关于该第二用户识别模块的第二NAS数据链路，并且后续该终端设备与第二网络的核心网设备之间的NAS数据可以通过该NAS数据链路进行传输，具体来说：在该接入网设备通过该第二NAS数据链路接收到来自该第二网络的核心网设备的第二下行NAS消息时，该接入网设备通过该RRC连接向该终端设备发送该第二下行NAS消息，该第二下行NAS消息携带有该第二用户识别模块的标识信息；和/或，在该接入网设备通过该RRC连接接收到来自该终端设备的第二上行NAS消息时，该接入网设备通过该第二NAS数据链路向该第二网络的核心网设备发送该第二上行NAS消息，该第二上行NAS消息携带有该第二用户识别模块的标识信息。提供该第二用户识别模块与第二网络的核心网设备通信的具体实现过程，提升方案的可实现性，从而提高了本方案的实现灵活性。类似的，该第二NAS数据链路在LTE场景下可以包括S1AP数据链路，在5G场景下可以包括NGAP数据链路，还可以使用其它的数据链路实现，此处不做限定。
此外，在步骤606之后，即该接入网设备可以确定该终端设备注册至该第二网络之后，接入网设备可以通过该RRC连接建立第二网络与该终端设备的NAS安全流程。
需要说明的是，本实施例中，步骤603的执行在步骤604之前，步骤605的执行在步骤606之前，但是本申请中对于步骤603与步骤605的执行先后顺序不做限定。
在步骤604和步骤606之后，即在该接入网设备设备在接收到来自该第一网络的核心网设备的第一注册响应消息，并接收来自该第二网络的核心网设备的第二注册响应消息之后，该接入网设备可以进一步建立与该终端设备之间关于该第一用户识别模块和该第二用户识别模块共用的接入层AS安全配置，即该AS安全配置是共用的AS安全配置。具体地，传统的AS安全是基于用户识别模块的不同而单独建立的，即不同的用户识别模块会建立不同的AS安全，而此处建立的共用的AS安全针对多个用户识别模块共同建立的，从而避免 了AS安全配置泄露的风险，在一定程度上可以提升该终端设备通信的安全性。
在步骤604和步骤606之后，即在该接入网设备设备在接收到来自该第一网络的核心网设备的第一注册响应消息，并接收来自该第二网络的核心网设备的第二注册响应消息之后，该接入网设备还可以进一步为该第一用户识别模块和该第二用户识别模块分配数据无线承载DRB；和/或，该接入网设备为该第一用户识别模块和该第二用户识别模块分配载波分量CC。其中，由于该终端设备中的第一用户识别模块和第二用户识别模块都是通过该RRC连接与该接入网设备通信，而该接入网设备的无线资源是一定的，因此，该接入网设备可以分别为该第一用户识别模块和该第二用户识别模块分配数据无线承载DRB和/或载波分量CC，从而，接入网设备可以为终端设备中不同用户识别模块提供差异化服务。具体接入网设备对DRB和CC的分配过程可以参考前述图5所示实施例的内容，此处不再赘述。
在一种具体的实现方式中，该终端设备可以为多卡多待终端，其中，该终端设备至少包括第一用户识别模块和第二用户识别模块，且第一用户识别模块对应于第一网络，第二用户识别模块对应于第二网络，该接入网设备在步骤601中通过该RRC连接接收来自该终端设备的第一用户识别模块的标识信息和第二用户识别模块的标识信息之后，该接入网设备可以确定该终端设备包含有该第一用户识别模块和第二用户识别模块；从而，在步骤604和步骤606之后，即在该接入网设备设备在接收到来自该第一网络的核心网设备的第一注册响应消息，并接收来自该第二网络的核心网设备的第二注册响应消息之后，此时，接入网设备可以确定该终端设备分别注册至该第一网络和该第二网络，进一步地，该接入网设备可以将该第一用户识别模块的标识信息对应的上下文与该第二用户识别模块的标识信息对应的上下文关联，即接入网设备将该RRC连接、该第一用户识别模块的标识信息对应的上下文、该第二用户识别模块的标识信息对应的上下文进行关联，使得该终端设备的第一用户识别模块和第二用户识别模块均通过该RRC连接实现通信，实现多卡多待的终端设备的业务并发。
607、接入网设备通过RRC连接向终端设备发送第一注册响应消息和第二注册响应消息。
本实施例中，接入网设备通过RRC连接向终端设备发送第一注册响应消息和第二注册响应消息，相应的，在步骤607中，终端设备通过该RRC连接接收来自接入网设备的第一注册响应消息和第二注册响应消息。
在一种具体的实现方式中，接入网设备在步骤607的实现过程中，还可以进一步地向该终端设备发送第三指示和第四指示，其中，第三指示用于指示第一注册响应消息关联于该终端设备中的第一用户识别模块，第四指示用于指示该第二注册响应消息关联于该终端设备中的第二用户识别模块。具体第三指示和第四指示的实现过程可以为显性的指示方式，也可以是隐性的指示方式，其实现过程可以参考前述图5所示实施例，此处不再赘述。
本实施例中，接入网设备建立用于多个网络与终端设备之间通信的共用的无线资源控制RRC连接，并通过该RRC连接接收来自该终端设备请求在第一网络注册的第一注册请求消息和请求在第二网络注册的第二注册请求消息，在接收到来自该第一网络的核心网设备的第一注册响应消息，并接收来自该第二网络的核心网设备的第二注册响应消息之后，该 接入网设备通过该RRC连接向该终端设备发送该第一注册响应消息和该第二注册响应消息，以完成该终端设备在第一网络和第二网络中的注册过程，即接入网设备通过用于多个网络与终端设备之间通信的共用的RRC连接管理该终端设备的空口资源，使用复用RRC连接的方式实现终端设备的业务并发，提升通信效率。
请参阅图7，本申请实施例中一种通信方法的另一个实施例包括：
701、接入网设备获取第一用户识别模块所注册的第一网络的标识信息，以及第二用户识别模块所注册的第二网络标识信息；
本实施例中，接入网设备获取第一用户识别模块所注册的第一网络的标识信息，以及第二用户识别模块所注册的第二网络标识信息，其中，该第一用户识别模块和该第二用户识别模块包含于同一个终端设备中。
在一种具体的实现方式中，该终端设备可以为多卡多待终端，其中，该终端设备至少包括第一用户识别模块和第二用户识别模块，且第一用户识别模块注册应于第一网络，第二用户识别模块注册于第二网络。示例性地，终端设备中的用户识别模块可以是SIM、USIM、ISIM、eSIM或者是其它类型的用户识别模块。其中，该多卡多待终端具体可以包括n卡m通，即该多卡多待终端中包含有n张SIM卡以及m套射频设备时，其中，n大于m且m为大于0的整数(例如，三卡三待双通，四卡四待三通等终端)，或者，该多卡多待终端具体可以包括n卡n通，其中，n为大于1的整数，即在该终端中SIM卡的数目与射频通道的数目相同的情况下(例如，双卡双待双通、三卡三待三通，四卡四待四通等终端)，此处不做限定。
此外，第一网络和第二网络可以是同一通信网络，或者是不同的通信网络，其中，该通信网络可以包括公共陆地移动网PLMN、非公共网络NPN或者是其它任意类型的网络，此处不做限定。具体第一网络和第二网络的实现方式可以参考前述图5和图6中的描述，此处不在赘述。
702、接入网设备根据所述第一网络的标识信息和所述第二网络的标识信息分别为所述第一用户识别模块和所述第二用户识别模块分配无线数据资源。
本实施例中，接入网设备根据所述第一网络的标识信息和所述第二网络的标识信息分别为所述第一用户识别模块和所述第二用户识别模块分配无线数据资源，其中，该无线数据资源包括数据无线承载DRB和/或载波分量CC。
在一种具体的实现方式中，步骤702的执行过程可以包括：该接入网设备根据该第一网络的标识信息确定出该第一网络的类型信息，并根据该第二网络的标识信息确定出该第二网络的类型信息；进一步地，该接入网设备根据该第一网络的类型信息和该第二网络的类型信息，分别为该第一用户识别模块和该第二用户识别模块分配该无线数据资源。也就是说，接入网设备具体可以根据第一网络的类型信息和第二网络的类型信息来区分该第一用户识别模块所注册的第一网络和该第二用户识别模块所注册的第二网络的类型，并进一步根据类型信息分别为该第一用户识别模块和该第二用户识别模块分配该无线数据资源，提供了接入网设备中无线数据资源的分配的具体实现过程，提升方案的可实现性，进一步提高了本方案的实现灵活性。
本实施例中，在接入网设备确定终端设备中的第一用户识别模块和第二用户识别模块都通过该接入网设备通信时，接入网设备获取第一用户识别模块所注册的第一网络的标识信息，以及第二用户识别模块所注册的第二网络标识信息，该接入网设备可以分别为该第一用户识别模块和该第二用户识别模块分配数据无线承载DRB和/或载波分量CC，从而，接入网设备可以为终端设备中不同用户识别模块提供差异化服务，优化接入网设备中无线数据资源的分配过程。
上面通过图5至图7对本申请实施例进行了描述，下面将结合具体的应用场景，通过图8至图11对本申请进行进一步的介绍，其中，由前述实现过程可知，终端设备(UE)中的用户识别模块可以为USIM、ISIM、eSIM或者是其它类型的用户识别模块、应用场景可以为LTE、5G、6G以及其它的通信系统，在图8至图11所示实施例中，以终端设备的用户识别模块为USIM、网络设备为共享接入网(shared-RAN)、应用场景为5G为例进行介绍。
实施例一
请参阅图8，本申请实施例中一种通信方法的另一个实施例包括：
步骤1、UE与shared-RAN之间通信，UE中的USIM1完成RRC建立流程，建立RRC连接1；
步骤2、UE与shared-RAN之间通信，UE中的USIM1完成NAS安全流程；
步骤3、UE与shared-RAN之间通信，UE中的USIM1完成AS安全流程；
步骤4、UE、shared-RAN以及CN1之间通信，UE中的USIM1完成在NET1-CN1的注册流程；
步骤5、shared-RAN与CN1之间通信，完成CN1-NGAP UE-TNLA绑定(5G-S-TMSI1/GUAMI1标识)；
在步骤1至步骤5中，UE中的USIM1独立完成RRC建立、NAS安全、AS安全、CN1注册流程，并完成CN1-NGAP隧道建立，即RAN与CN1已经建立NGAP隧道，并使用UE标识5G系统架构演进临时移动台标识符(5G-System architecture evolution temporary mobile station identifier，5G-S-TMSI)1或者全球唯一的AMF标识(globally unique AMF identifier，GUAMI)1进行唯一标识，后续NAS消息可以通过该隧道传输至CN1侧。
步骤6、UE中的USIM2完成NET2选择、小区选择和驻留后向CN2发起注册请求；
步骤7、UE发现NET1和NET2驻留的小区相同，则直接通过RRC连接1发起NET2的注册请求；
在步骤7中，UE发现NET1和NET2驻留的小区相同,并且USIM1已经建立完成了RRC连接1，则直接通过RRC连接1发起NET2的注册请求，触发执行步骤8；
具体的UE可以通过系统消息MIB/SIB中的广播的小区ID等信息判断驻留小区是否相同，如果USIM1和USIM2选择的小区ID相同，则确定两者驻留的小区相同。
步骤8、UE向shared-RAN发送UL Information Transfer(Indication 1，selected NET2-ID,NAS Message[注册请求(Registration Request)消息2]；
在步骤8中，UE使用RRC连接1发送USIM2的注册信息，同时还包含特殊指示Indication1、选择的NET2-ID等信息：
注册信息，其中USIM2的注册信息包含在NAS消息中，由RAN通过NGAP消息转发给对应的核心网；
选择的NET2-ID，UE中USIM2会根据RAN侧广播的网络信息(如果是公网广播PLMN ID/如果是CAG类型私网则广播PLMN ID+CAG ID/如果是SNPN类型私网则广播PLMN ID+NID)以及本地配置的网络选择优先级信息进行NET选择，然后将选择的NET2-ID(PLMN ID或者PLMN ID+CAG ID或者PLMN ID+NID)与注册信息一同发给RAN侧；
特殊指示Indication1，RRC消息中还需要携带特殊指示Indication1，用于告知RAN侧该消息是来自USIM2的消息，RAN侧接收后需要根据选择的NET2-ID信息将承载的NAS消息转发到NET2-ID对应的CN网中。需要注意的是如果RRC消息类型本身具备特殊指示的功能，则认为这里的特殊指示是隐性指示；
步骤9、RAN根据Indication 1和NET2-ID将NAS消息转发给CN2；
步骤10、UE、shared-RAN以及CN1之间通信，UE中的USIM2，RAN以及CN2之间完成NAS安全流程，同样借助RRC连接1完成；
步骤11、RAN将CN2的响应NAS消息(Registration Request2)通过RRC连接1转发给USIM2；
步骤12、shared-RAN向下行数据传输(DL Information Transfer)(携带有Indication 2,NAS Message(Registration Accept2))；
步骤13、UE根据Indication 2将NAS消息转发给USIM2；
在步骤11至步骤13中，CN2返回的注册接受NAS消息同样通过RRC连接1发送给UE，并且RAN侧需要在RRC消息中额外携带特殊指示Indication2，用于指示UE将该RRC消息中承载的NAS消息转发给USIM2处理；
步骤14、shared-RAN与CN2之间通信，使得UE中的USIM2完成CN2-NGAP UE-TNLA绑定(5G-S-TMSI2/GUAMI2标识)；
在步骤14中，RAN并完成CN2-NGAP隧道建立，即RAN与CN2已经建立NGAP隧道，并使用UE标识5G-S-TMSI2或者GUAMI2进行唯一标识，后续NAS消息可以通过该隧道传输至CN2侧；
步骤15、RAN关联USIM1和USIM2的上下文(关联5G-S-TMSI1/GUAMI1和5G-S-TMSI2/GUAMI2)；
步骤16、后续USIM2和RAN的交互，以及USIM2和CN2的交互均通过RRC连接1传输，RRC消息中可携带指示。
在步骤15至步骤16中，RAN关联USIM1和USIM2的上下文,即关联RRC连接1、CN1-NGAP隧道和CN2-NGAP隧道，后续CN1-NAS和CN2-NAS消息交互均通过RRC连接1传输，RRC消息中可携带指示，用于指示RAN侧转发NAS消息给对应的CN。
其中，图8对应实施例中，接入网设备(RAN)和终端设备(UE)所执行相关步骤的过程还可以通过前述图5实施例对应的过程实现，此处不再赘述。
在实施例一中，UE中的USIM2复用USIM1已有的RRC连接，接入网设备(RAN)通过与终端设备(UE)已建立的RRC连接管理该终端设备的空口资源，使用复用RRC连接的方 式实现终端设备的业务并发，提升通信效率。
实施例二
请参阅图9，本申请实施例中一种通信方法的另一个实施例包括：
步骤1、UE发现NET1和NET2驻留的小区相同，则可以使用共享RRC建立连接，并发起注册；
在步骤1中，UE发现NET1和NET2驻留的小区相同,则发起共享RRC连接建立流程,触发执行步骤2；
具体的UE可以通过系统消息MIB/SIB中的广播的小区ID等信息判断驻留小区是否相同，如果USIM1和USIM2选择的小区ID相同，则确定两者驻留的小区相同。
步骤2、UE向shared-RAN发送RRC Setup Request(Indication 1，UE ID1，Cause1,UE ID2,Cause2)；
在步骤2所承载的各信息中：
Indication 1,用于指示RAN侧根据RRC消息中携带的双卡的信息建立共同的RRC连接；
UE ID2，Cause1，分别表示C-RNTI1等底层UE标识(也可能是初始的随机值)以及建立USIM1 RRC连接的原因值；
UE ID2，Cause2，分别表示C-RNTI2等底层UE标识(也可能是初始的随机值)以及建立USIM2 RRC连接的原因值。
步骤3、shared-RAN向UE发送RRC Setup(RadioBearerConfig，MasterCellGroup)；
步骤4、UE为USIM1和USIM2配置相同的SRB，并同时发送注册NAS消息，即执行步骤5，向shared-RAN发送RRC Setup Complete；
在步骤3和步骤4中，RAN接收到RRC Setup Request消息后通过RRC Setup消息发送基本的配置信息给UE侧(例如RadioBearerConfig/MasterCellGroup信息),UE侧接收后通过共同的RRC连接(即相同的SRB)同时发送USIM1和USIM2的注册NAS消息；
步骤5、UE向shared-RAN发送RRC Setup Complete(Indication 2，Selected NET1-ID,NAS1，Selected NET2-ID,NAS2)，此后，在步骤5之后，UE可以为USIM1和USIM2配置相同的SRB或者不同的SRB；
在步骤5所承载的各信息中：
Indicaiton2，用于告知RAN侧该消息是来自USIM1和USIM2的消息，RAN侧接收后需要根据选择的NET-ID信息将承载的NAS消息转发到NET-ID对应的CN网中。
Selected NET-ID1,NAS1,UE中USIM1会根据RAN侧广播的网络信息(如果是公网广播PLMN ID/如果是CAG类型私网则广播PLMN ID+CAG ID/如果是SNPN类型私网则广播PLMN ID+NID)以及本地配置的网络选择优先级信息进行NET选择，然后将选择的NET1-ID(PLMN ID或者PLMN ID+CAG ID或者PLMN ID+NID)与注册信息(包含在NAS1中)一同发给RAN侧；
Selected NET-ID2,NAS2,UE中USIM2会根据RAN侧广播的网络信息(如果是公网广播PLMN ID/如果是CAG类型私网则广播PLMN ID+CAG ID/如果是SNPN类型私网则广播 PLMN ID+NID)以及本地配置的网络选择优先级信息进行NET选择，然后将选择的NET2-ID(PLMN ID或者PLMN ID+CAG ID或者PLMN ID+NID)与注册信息(包含在NAS2中)一同发给RAN侧。
步骤6、RAN根据Indication1将NAS消息转发给CN1，并接收CN1的响应NAS消息(Registration Accept1)；
步骤7、RAN根据Indication2将NAS消息转发给CN2，并接收CN2的响应NAS消息(Registration Accept2)；
步骤8、UE、shared-RAN以及CN1之间通信，UE中的USIM1，RAN以及CN1之间完成NA安全流程；
步骤9、UE、shared-RAN以及CN2之间通信，UE中的USIM2，RAN以及CN2之间完成NA安全流程；
步骤10、shared-RAN向UE发送Security Mode Command(Indication 3，Registration Accept1，Registration Accept2)；
步骤11、UE根据Indication 3为USIM1和USIM2建立公共的AS安全；
步骤12、UE向shared-RAN发送Security Mode Complete；
在步骤10至步骤12中，主要用于建立UE和RAN的AS层安全，传统的建立AS安全是基于USIM1粒度的，但是在建立公共RRC连接的过程中，需要RAN侧携带特殊指示，用于指示UE为USIM1和USIM2建立公共的AS安全；
步骤13、USIM1和USIM2分别完成在NET1-CN1和NET2-CN2的注册流程；
步骤14、shared-RAN和CN1以及CN2之间通信，完成CN1-NGAP UE-TNLA绑定(5G-S-TMSI1/GUAMI1标识)和完成CN2-NGAP UE-TNLA绑定(5G-S-TMSI2/GUAMI2标识)；
在步骤14中，RAN并完成CN1-NGAP隧道建立，即RAN与CN1已经建立NGAP隧道，并使用UE标识5G-S-TMSI1或者GUAMI1进行唯一标识，后续NAS消息可以通过该隧道传输至CN1侧；同样RAN侧也完成了CN2-NGAP隧道建立，即RAN与CN2已经建立NGAP隧道，并使用UE标识5G-S-TMSI2或者GUAMI2进行唯一标识，后续NAS消息可以通过该隧道传输至CN2侧；
步骤15、RAN关联USIM1和USIM2的上下文(关联5G-S-TMSI1/GUAMI1和5G-S-TMSI2/GUAMI2)；
步骤16、后续USIM1和USIM2均通过共同的RRC连接进行传输，RRC消息中可携带指示。
在步骤15至步骤16中，RAN关联USIM1和USIM2的上下文,即关联USIM1和USIM2共同的RRC连接、CN1-NGAP隧道和CN2-NGAP隧道，后续CN1-NAS和CN2-NAS消息交互均通过该共同的RRC连接传输，RRC消息中可携带指示，用于指示RAN侧转发NAS消息给对应的CN。
其中，图9对应实施例中，接入网设备(RAN)和终端设备(UE)所执行相关步骤的过程还可以通过前述图6实施例对应的过程实现，此处不再赘述。
在实施例二中，UE中的USIM1和USIM2卡复用一个RRC连接，同时需要建立共用的AS 层安全，相比于传统的AS安全是基于USIM的不同而单独建立的，即不同的USIM会建立不同的AS安全，如果USIM2使用USIM1建立的AS上下文进行通讯时，USIM2可以获取USIM1的AS上下文，相对来说，USIM1的AS层安全性就降低了；故，此处建立的共用的AS安全针对多个USIM共同建立的，从而避免了AS安全配置泄露的风险，在一定程度上可以提升该终端设备通信的安全性；此外，接入网设备(RAN)通过用于多个网络(CN)与终端设备(UE)之间通信的共用的RRC连接管理该终端设备的空口资源，使用复用RRC连接的方式实现终端设备的业务并发，提升通信效率。
实施例三
请参阅图10，本申请实施例中一种通信方法的另一个实施例包括：
步骤1、UE与shared-RAN之间通信，UE中的USIM1完成RRC建立流程，建立RRC连接1；
步骤2、UE、shared-RAN以及CN1之间通信，UE中的USIM1完成NAS安全流程；
步骤3、UE与shared-RAN之间通信，UE中的USIM1完成AS安全流程；
步骤4、UE、shared-RAN以及CN1之间通信，UE中的USIM1完成在NET1-CN1的注册流程；
步骤5、shared-RAN与CN1之间通信，完成UE中USIM1与CN1-NGAP UE-TNLA绑定(5G-S-TMSI1/GUAMI1标识)；
在步骤1至步骤5中，UE中的USIM1独立完成RRC建立、NAS安全、AS安全、CN1注册流程，并完成CN1-NGAP隧道建立，即RAN与CN1已经建立NGAP隧道，并使用UE标识5G-S-TMSI1或者GUAMI1进行唯一标识，后续NAS消息可以通过该隧道传输至CN1侧；
步骤6、UE中的USIM2完成NET2选择、小区选择和驻留后向CN2发起注册请求；
步骤7、UE发现NET1和NET2驻留的小区相同，则发起新的RRC连接请求，并携带指示Indication 1；
在步骤7中，UE发现NET1和NET2驻留的小区相同,并且USIM1已经建立完成了RRC连接1，则直接通过RRC连接1发起NET2的注册请求,具体的UE可以通过系统消息MIB/SIB中的广播的小区ID等信息判断驻留小区是否相同，如果USIM1和USIM2选择的小区ID相同，则确定两者驻留的小区相同；
步骤8、UE向shared-RAN发送UL Information Transfer(Indication 1，UE ID 1，UE ID 2，Cause 1)；
在步骤8中，UE在RRC连接1中携带Indication1,UE ID1,UE ID2和Cause1，其中Indication1用于指示RAN侧修改RRC连接类型为共用，并关联USIM1和USIM2的上下文；UE ID1表示RAN侧为USIM1分配的C-RNTI1等底层UE标识；UE ID2表示RAN侧为USIM2分配的C-RNTI2等底层UE标识；Cause1表示上行RRC消息传输原因值。
此外，在步骤8中，UE还可以在其它消息中携带Indication1,UE ID1,UE ID2和Cause1等，例如RRC建立请求(RRC Setup Request)消息、RRC重建请求(RRC Reestablishment Request)等，此处不做限定。
步骤9、RAN根据Indication 1和UE ID 1关联UE ID 2的上下文；
在步骤9中，RAN侧接收Indication1后，根据UE ID1和UE ID2关联对应的上下文，针对USIM1和USIM2的信令，后续可以使用相同的SRB承载或者不同的SRB承载；
步骤10、shared-RAN向UE发送RRC重配置(RRC Reconfiguration)消息(携带有RadioBearerConfig，MasterCellGroup)；
其中，在步骤10中，RAN还可以在其它消息中携带RadioBearerConfig，MasterCellGroup等，例如RRC设置(RRC setup)消息、RRC重设置(RRC Reestablishment Request)消息或者是RRC重建(RRC Reestablishment)消息等，此处不做限定。
步骤11、UE向shared-RAN发送RRC Reconfiguration Complete；
步骤12、UE向shared-RAN发送UL Information Transfer(Indication 2，selected NET2-ID,NAS Message(第二注册请求消息，Registration Request2))；
其中，在步骤12中，UE还可以在其它消息中携带Indication 2，selected NET2-ID,NAS Message(Registration Request2)等，例如RRC重建完成(RRC Reestablishment Complete)消息中。
在步骤10至步骤12中，RAN侧修改RRC连接1为共用RRC连接，完成后UE发送特殊指示Indication2、选择的NET2-ID等信息：
注册信息，其中USIM2的注册信息包含在NAS消息中，由RAN通过NGAP消息转发给对应的核心网；
选择的NET2-ID，UE中USIM2会根据RAN侧广播的网络信息(如果是公网广播PLMN ID/如果是CAG类型私网则广播PLMN ID+CAG ID/如果是SNPN类型私网则广播PLMN ID+NID)以及本地配置的网络选择优先级信息进行NET选择，然后将选择的NET2-ID(PLMN ID或者PLMN ID+CAG ID或者PLMN ID+NID)与注册信息一同发给RAN侧；
特殊指示Indication2，RRC消息中还需要携带特殊指示Indication2，用于告知RAN侧该消息是来自USIM2的消息，RAN侧接收后需要根据选择的NET2-ID信息将承载的NAS消息转发到NET2-ID对应的CN网中。需要注意的是如果RRC消息类型本身具备特殊指示的功能，则认为这里的特殊指示是隐式指示。
步骤13、RAN根据Indication2和NET2-ID将NAS消息转发给CN2，并接收CN2的响应NAS消息(第二注册响应消息，Registration Accept2)；
步骤14、UE、shared-RAN以及CN2之间通信，使得UE中的USIM2，RAN以及CN2之间完成NAS安全流程；
步骤15、RAN重新建立AS安全(UE设备级)；
步骤16、UE中的USIM2完成CN2-NGAP UE-TNLA绑定(5G-S-TMSI2/GUAMI2标识)；
在步骤16中，RAN侧完成CN2-NGAP隧道建立，即RAN与CN2已经建立NGAP隧道，并使用UE标识5G-S-TMSI2或者GUAMI2进行唯一标识，后续NAS消息可以通过该隧道传输至CN2侧；
步骤17、RAN关联USIM1和USIM2的上下文(关联5G-S-TMSI1/GUAMI1和5G-S-TMSI2/GUAMI2)；
步骤18、后续USIM2和RAN的交互，以及USIM2和CN2的交互均通过共用的RRC连接 传输，RRC消息中可携带指示。
在步骤17至步骤18中，RAN关联USIM1和USIM2的上下文,即关联RRC连接1、CN1-NGAP隧道和CN2-NGAP隧道，后续CN1-NAS和CN2-NAS消息交互均通过RRC连接1传输，RRC消息中可携带指示，用于指示RAN侧转发NAS消息给对应的CN。
其中，图10对应实施例中，接入网设备(RAN)和终端设备(UE)所执行相关步骤的过程还可以通过前述图5实施例对应的过程实现，此处不再赘述。
在实施例三中，类似于实施例一，UE中的USIM2复用USIM1已有的RRC连接，与实施例一不同的是，实施例三中将原有用于单个USIM通信的RRC连接修改为多个网络公用的RRC连接，且进一步重建共用的AS层安全，相比于传统的AS安全是基于USIM的不同而单独建立的，即不同的USIM会建立不同的AS安全，如果USIM2使用USIM1建立的AS上下文进行通讯时，USIM2可以获取USIM1的AS上下文，相对来说，USIM1的AS层安全性就降低了；故，此处建立的共用的AS安全针对多个USIM共同建立的，从而避免了AS安全配置泄露的风险，在一定程度上可以提升该终端设备通信的安全性；此外，接入网设备(RAN)通过与终端设备(UE)已建立的RRC连接管理该终端设备(UE)的空口资源，在使用复用RRC连接的方式实现终端设备(UE)的业务并发，提升通信效率的同时，避免AS安全配置泄露的风险，提升该终端设备(UE)通信的安全性。
实施例四
请参阅图11，本申请实施例中一种通信方法的另一个实施例包括：
在明确区分DRB使用单RRC场景中：
步骤1、UE、shared-RAN以及CN1、CN2之间通信，使得UE中的USIM1注册CN1，并使得UE中的USIM2注册CN2已经完成；
步骤2、UE、shared-RAN以及CN1之间通信，UE中的USIM1建立/修改会话，建立Qos流1；
步骤3、UE、shared-RAN以及CN2之间通信，UE中的USIM2建立/修改会话，建立Qos流2；
在步骤1至步骤3中，USIM1和USIM2已经完成了注册流程，并使用实施例1-3中的任一方案共用RRC连接，为进一步保证共用RRC连接场景下的资源隔离性和公平性，USIM1或者USIM2可以建立或者修改会话；
在明确区分DRB，适用单RRC场景时：
步骤4、shared-RAN区分公私网业务(可以是NET ID、CAG ID、NID、DNN)，并使用不同的DRB承载；
在步骤4中，如果需要明确区分不同网络的业务数据使用不同的DRB，则RAN侧可以根据公私网业务类型(可以是NET ID、CAG ID、NID、DNN中的任一或者组合)区分业务数据流量来自不同的网络，并建立或者修改DRB，使得不同网络的业务数据流量使用不同的DRB。
在明确区分CC/增强CC内调度，适用单/双RRC场景时：
步骤5、shared-RAN高层(RRC或PDCP/RLC)将数据/业务的公私网类型告知资源调度 器(逻辑上属于MAC层)；
步骤6a、如果支持CA特性并涉及多CC，资源调度器可以根据数据/业务的公私网类型，使用特定的CC载波；
步骤6b、如果仅涉及单CC，资源调度器可以额外根据数据/业务的公私网类型，合理分配的CC内的资源(例如保证公私网业务比例)；
显然，步骤5至步骤6不仅适用于单RRC场景，也适用于双RRC场景；
步骤7、UE与shared-RAN之间通信，(无线)接入网络[(Radio)Access Network，(R)AN]资源建立(可以使用RRC Reconfiguration)；
在步骤7中，AN侧资源建立或者调整，即DRB建立/调整或者CC配置。
其中，图11对应实施例中，接入网设备(RAN)和终端设备(UE)所执行相关步骤的过程还可以通过前述图7实施例对应的过程实现，此处不再赘述。
在实施例四中，针对现有技术在RAN资源共享场景下，接入网设备(RAN)无法区分不同网络的业务数据的时候，接入网设备(RAN)可以为终端设备(UE)中不同用户识别模块(USIM1和USIM2)提供差异化服务，优化接入网设备(RAN)中无线数据资源的分配过程。
上面从方法的角度对本申请实施例进行了说明，下面从具体装置实现的角度对本申请实施例中的接入网设备和终端设备进行介绍。
请参阅图12，本申请实施例中提供的一种通信装置1200，具体该通信装置1200可以为接入网设备，该通信装置1200包括：接收单元1201、发送单元1202和处理单元1203；
该接收单元1201，用于通过用于第一网络和终端设备之间通信的RRC连接接收来自终端设备请求在第二网络注册的注册请求消息；
该发送单元1202，用于向该第二网络的核心网设备发送该注册请求消息；
该接收单元1201，还用于接收来自该核心网设备的注册响应消息；
该发送单元1202，还用于通过该RRC连接向该终端设备发送该注册响应消息。
在一种可能的实现方式中，
该接收单元1201，还用于通过该RRC连接接收来自该终端设备的第一用户识别模块的标识信息和第二用户识别模块的标识信息，该终端设备包括该第一用户识别模块和该第二用户识别模块，该第一用户识别模块对应于该第一网络，该第二用户识别模块对应于该第二网络；
该处理单元1203，用于将该第一用户识别模块的标识信息对应的上下文与该第二用户识别模块的标识信息对应的上下文关联。
在一种可能的实现方式中，该接收单元1201，具体用于：
通过用于第一网络和第一用户识别模块之间通信的该RRC连接接收来自第二用户识别模块请求在第二网络注册的注册请求消息。
在一种可能的实现方式中，该处理单元1203，还用于：
建立与该终端设备之间该第一用户识别模块和该第二用户识别模块共用的接入层AS安全配置。
在一种可能的实现方式中，该接收单元1201，还用于通过该RRC连接接收来自该终端 设备的第一指示，该第一指示用于指示该RRC连接用于多个网络和该终端设备之间通信；
该处理单元1203，还用于根据该第一指示修改该RRC连接的类型为该多个网络共用；
该发送单元1202，还用于向该终端设备发送第一下行RRC消息，该第一下行RRC消息用于指示该RRC连接的类型为该多个网络共用。
在一种可能的实现方式中，该处理单元1203，还用于建立与该核心网设备之间关于该第二用户识别模块的第二非接入层NAS数据链路；
该发送单元1202，还用于通过该RRC连接向该第二用户识别模块发送该下行NAS消息；
和/或，
该发送单元1202，还用于通过该第二NAS数据链路向该核心网设备发送该上行NAS消息。
在一种可能的实现方式中，该处理单元1203，还用于为该第一用户识别模块和该第二用户识别模块分配数据无线承载DRB；
和/或，
为该第一用户识别模块和该第二用户识别模块分配载波分量CC。
在一种可能的实现方式中，该发送单元1202，还用于通过该RRC连接向该终端设备发送第二指示，该第二指示用于指示该注册响应消息关联于该第二用户识别模块。
需要说明的是，上述通信装置1200的单元的信息执行过程等内容，具体可参见本申请前述所示的方法实施例中的叙述，此处不再赘述。
请参阅图13，本申请实施例中提供的一种通信装置1300，具体该通信装置1300可以为终端设备，该通信装置1300包括：接收单元1301、发送单元1302和处理单元1303；
该发送单元1302，用于通过用于第一网络和终端设备之间通信的RRC连接向接入网设备发送请求在第二网络注册的注册请求消息；
该接收单元1301，用于通过该RRC连接接收来自该接入网设备的注册响应消息。
在一种可能的实现方式中，该终端设备包括该第一用户识别模块和该第二用户识别模块，该第一用户识别模块对应于该第一网络，该第二用户识别模块对应于该第二网络；该发送单元1302，还用于通过该RRC连接向该接入网设备发送该第一用户识别模块的标识信息和该第二用户识别模块的标识信息。
在一种可能的实现方式中，该发送单元1302，具体用于：
通过用于第一用户识别模块和终端设备之间通信的RRC连接向接入网设备发送该第二用户识别模块请求在第二网络注册的注册请求消息。
在一种可能的实现方式中，该第一用户识别模块驻留在目标小区，该接入网设备的服务区域包括该目标小区；
该处理单元1303，用于在该第二用户识别模块驻留在该目标小区时，触发执行通过用于第一网络和终端设备之间通信的RRC连接向接入网设备发送请求在第二网络注册的注册请求消息。
在一种可能的实现方式中，该处理单元1303，还用于在该终端设备通过该RRC连接接收来自该接入网设备的注册响应消息之后，建立与该接入网设备之间关于该第一用户识别 模块和该第二用户识别模块共用的接入层AS安全配置。
在一种可能的实现方式中，该发送单元1302，还用于通过该RRC连接向该接入网设备发送第一指示，该第一指示用于指示该RRC连接用于多个网络和该终端设备之间通信；
该接收单元1301，还用于通过该RRC连接接收来自该接入网设备的第一下行RRC消息，该第一下行RRC消息用于指示该RRC连接的类型为该多个网络共用。
在一种可能的实现方式中，该接收单元1301，还用于通过该RRC连接接收来自该接入网设备的第二指示，该第二指示用于指示该注册响应消息关联于该第二用户识别模块。
需要说明的是，上述通信装置1300的单元的信息执行过程等内容，具体可参见本申请前述所示的方法实施例中的叙述，此处不再赘述。
请参阅图14，本申请实施例中提供的一种通信装置1400，具体该通信装置1400可以为接入网设备，该通信装置1400包括：接收单元1401、发送单元1402和处理单元1403；
该处理单元1403，用于建立用于多个网络与终端设备之间通信的共用的无线资源控制RRC连接；
该接收单元1401，用于通过该RRC连接接收来自该终端设备请求在第一网络注册的第一注册请求消息和请求在第二网络注册的第二注册请求消息；
该发送单元1402，用于向该第一网络的核心网设备发送该第一请求消息，并向该第二网络的核心网设备发送该第二请求消息；
该接收单元1401，还用于接收来自该第一网络的核心网设备的第一注册响应消息，并接收来自该第二网络的核心网设备的第二注册响应消息；
该发送单元1401，还用于通过该RRC连接向该终端设备发送该第一注册响应消息和该第二注册响应消息。
在一种可能的实现方式中，该处理单元1403具体用于：
接收来自该终端设备的第一用户识别模块的标识信息和第二用户识别模块的标识信息，该终端设备包括该第一用户识别模块和该第二用户识别模块；
建立与终端设备中的该第一用户识别模块和该第二用户识别模块共用的该RRC连接。
在一种可能的实现方式中，该处理单元1403具体用于：
建立与该终端设备之间关于该第一用户识别模块和该第二用户识别模块共用的接入层AS安全配置。
在一种可能的实现方式中，该处理单元1403具体用于：
建立与该第一网络的核心网设备之间关于该第一用户识别模块的第一非接入层NAS数据链路；
该发送单元1402，还用于通过该RRC连接向该终端设备发送该第一下行NAS消息，该第一下行NAS消息携带有该第一用户识别模块的标识信息；
和/或，
通过该第一NAS数据链路向该第一网络的核心网设备发送该第一上行NAS消息，该第一上行NAS消息携带有该第一用户识别模块的标识信息。
在一种可能的实现方式中，该处理单元1403，还用于：
建立与该第二网络的核心网设备之间关于该第二用户识别模块的第二NAS数据链路；
该发送单元1402，还用于通过该RRC连接向该终端设备发送该第二下行NAS消息，该第二下行NAS消息携带有该第二用户识别模块的标识信息；
和/或，
通过该第二NAS数据链路向该第二网络的核心网设备发送该第二上行NAS消息，该第二上行NAS消息携带有该第二用户识别模块的标识信息。
在一种可能的实现方式中，该处理单元1403具体用于：
为该第一用户识别模块和该第二用户识别模块分配数据无线承载DRB；
和/或，
为该第一用户识别模块和该第二用户识别模块分配载波分量CC。
需要说明的是，上述通信装置1400的单元的信息执行过程等内容，具体可参见本申请前述所示的方法实施例中的叙述，此处不再赘述。
请参阅图15，本申请实施例中提供的一种通信装置1500，具体该通信装置1500可以为终端设备，该通信装置1500包括：接收单元1501、发送单元1502和处理单元1503；
该发送单元1502，用于通过用于多个网络与终端设备之间通信的共用的无线资源控制RRC连接向接入网设备发送请求在第一网络注册的第一注册请求消息和请求在第二网络注册的第二注册请求消息；
该接收单元1501，用于通过该RRC连接接收来自该接入网设备的第一注册响应消息和第二注册响应消息。
在一种可能的实现方式中，该发送单元，还用于：
向该接入网设备发送第一用户识别模块的标识信息和第二用户识别模块的标识信息。
在一种可能的实现方式中，该第一用户识别模块驻留在目标小区，该接入网设备的服务区域包括该目标小区；
在该第二用户识别模块驻留在该目标小区时，该处理单元1503触发执行通过该RRC连接向接入网设备发送请求在第一网络注册的第一注册请求消息和请求在第二网络注册的第二注册请求消息。
在一种可能的实现方式中，该处理单元，还用于：
建立与该接入网设备之间关于该第一用户识别模块和该第二用户识别模块共用的接入层AS安全配置。
需要说明的是，上述通信装置1500的单元的信息执行过程等内容，具体可参见本申请前述所示的方法实施例中的叙述，此处不再赘述。
请参阅图16，本申请实施例中提供的一种通信装置1600，具体该通信装置1600可以为接入网设备，该通信装置1600包括：处理单元1601；
该处理单元1601，用于获取第一用户识别模块所注册的第一网络的标识信息，以及第二用户识别模块所注册的第二网络标识信息，其中，该第一用户识别模块和该第二用户识别模块包含于同一个终端设备中；
该处理单元1601，还用于根据该第一网络的标识信息和该第二网络的标识信息分别为 该第一用户识别模块和该第二用户识别模块分配无线数据资源，该无线数据资源包括数据无线承载DRB和/或载波分量CC。
在一种可能的实现方式中，该处理单元1601，具体用于：
根据该第一网络的标识信息确定出该第一网络的类型信息，并根据该第二网络的标识信息确定出该第二网络的类型信息；
根据该第一网络的类型信息和该第二网络的类型信息，分别为该第一用户识别模块和该第二用户识别模块分配该无线数据资源。
需要说明的是，上述通信装置1600的单元的信息执行过程等内容，具体可参见本申请前述所示的方法实施例中的叙述，此处不再赘述。
请参阅图17，为本申请的实施例提供的上述实施例中所涉及的通信装置的结构示意图，其中，该通信装置具体可以为前述实施例中的接入网设备，该通信装置的结构可以参考图17所示的结构。
通信装置包括至少一个处理器1711、至少一个存储器1712、至少一个收发器1713、至少一个网络接口1714和一个或多个天线1715。处理器1711、存储器1712、收发器1713和网络接口1714相连，例如通过总线相连，在本申请实施例中，所述连接可包括各类接口、传输线或总线等，本实施例对此不做限定。天线1715与收发器1713相连。网络接口1714用于使得通信装置通过通信链路，与其它通信设备相连，例如网络接口1714可以包括通信装置与核心网设备之间的网络接口，例如S1接口，网络接口可以包括通信装置和其他网络设备(例如其他接入网设备或者核心网设备)之间的网络接口，例如X2或者Xn接口。
处理器1711主要用于对通信协议以及通信数据进行处理，以及对整个通信装置进行控制，执行软件程序，处理软件程序的数据，例如用于支持通信装置执行实施例中所描述的动作。通信装置可以可以包括基带处理器和中央处理器，基带处理器主要用于对通信协议以及通信数据进行处理，中央处理器主要用于对整个终端设备进行控制，执行软件程序，处理软件程序的数据。图17中的处理器1711可以集成基带处理器和中央处理器的功能，本领域技术人员可以理解，基带处理器和中央处理器也可以是各自独立的处理器，通过总线等技术互联。本领域技术人员可以理解，终端设备可以包括多个基带处理器以适应不同的网络制式，终端设备可以包括多个中央处理器以增强其处理能力，终端设备的各个部件可以通过各种总线连接。所述基带处理器也可以表述为基带处理电路或者基带处理芯片。所述中央处理器也可以表述为中央处理电路或者中央处理芯片。对通信协议以及通信数据进行处理的功能可以内置在处理器中，也可以以软件程序的形式存储在存储器中，由处理器执行软件程序以实现基带处理功能。
存储器主要用于存储软件程序和数据。存储器1712可以是独立存在，与处理器1711相连。可选的，存储器1712可以和处理器1711集成在一起，例如集成在一个芯片之内。其中，存储器1712能够存储执行本申请实施例的技术方案的程序代码，并由处理器1711来控制执行，被执行的各类计算机程序代码也可被视为是处理器1711的驱动程序。
图17仅示出了一个存储器和一个处理器。在实际的终端设备中，可以存在多个处理器和多个存储器。存储器也可以称为存储介质或者存储设备等。存储器可以为与处理器处于 同一芯片上的存储元件，即片内存储元件，或者为独立的存储元件，本申请实施例对此不做限定。
收发器1713可以用于支持通信装置与终端之间射频信号的接收或者发送，收发器1713可以与天线1715相连。收发器1713包括发射机Tx和接收机Rx。具体地，一个或多个天线1715可以接收射频信号，该收发器1713的接收机Rx用于从天线接收所述射频信号，并将射频信号转换为数字基带信号或数字中频信号，并将该数字基带信号或数字中频信号提供给所述处理器1711，以便处理器1711对该数字基带信号或数字中频信号做进一步的处理，例如解调处理和译码处理。此外，收发器1713中的发射机Tx还用于从处理器1711接收经过调制的数字基带信号或数字中频信号，并将该经过调制的数字基带信号或数字中频信号转换为射频信号，并通过一个或多个天线1715发送所述射频信号。具体地，接收机Rx可以选择性地对射频信号进行一级或多级下混频处理和模数转换处理以得到数字基带信号或数字中频信号，所述下混频处理和模数转换处理的先后顺序是可调整的。发射机Tx可以选择性地对经过调制的数字基带信号或数字中频信号时进行一级或多级上混频处理和数模转换处理以得到射频信号，所述上混频处理和数模转换处理的先后顺序是可调整的。数字基带信号和数字中频信号可以统称为数字信号。
收发器也可以称为收发单元、收发机、收发装置等。可选的，可以将收发单元中用于实现接收功能的器件视为接收单元，将收发单元中用于实现发送功能的器件视为发送单元，即收发单元包括接收单元和发送单元，接收单元也可以称为接收机、输入口、接收电路等，发送单元可以称为发射机、发射器或者发射电路等。
需要说明的是，图17所示通信装置具体可以用于实现图5至图11对应方法实施例中接入网设备所实现的步骤，并实现接入网设备对应的技术效果，图17所示通信装置的具体实现方式，均可以参考图5至图11对应的各个方法实施例中的叙述，此处不再一一赘述。
请参阅图18，为本申请的实施例提供的上述实施例中所涉及的通信装置1800的一种可能的逻辑结构示意图，该通信装置具体可以为前述实施例中的终端设备，该通信装置1800可以包括但不限于处理器1801、通信端口1802、存储器1803、总线1804，在本申请的实施例中，处理器1801用于对通信装置1800的动作进行控制处理。
此外，处理器1801可以是中央处理器单元，通用处理器，数字信号处理器，专用集成电路，现场可编程门阵列或者其他可编程逻辑器件、晶体管逻辑器件、硬件部件或者其任意组合。其可以实现或执行结合本申请公开内容所描述的各种示例性的逻辑方框，模块和电路。该处理器也可以是实现计算功能的组合，例如包含一个或多个微处理器组合，数字信号处理器和微处理器的组合等等。所属领域的技术人员可以清楚地了解到，为描述的方便和简洁，上述描述的系统，装置和单元的具体工作过程，可以参考前述方法实施例中的对应过程，在此不再赘述。
需要说明的是，图18所示通信装置具体可以用于实现图5至图11对应方法实施例中终端设备所实现的步骤，并实现终端设备对应的技术效果，图18所示通信装置的具体实现方式，均可以参考图5至图11对应的各个方法实施例中的叙述，此处不再一一赘述。
本申请实施例还提供一种存储一个或多个计算机执行指令的计算机可读存储介质，当 计算机执行指令被处理器执行时，该处理器执行如前述实施例中通信装置可能的实现方式所述的方法，其中，该通信装置具体可以为前述实施例中的接入网设备，即图5至图11对应方法实施例中接入网设备。
本申请实施例还提供一种存储一个或多个计算机执行指令的计算机可读存储介质，当计算机执行指令被处理器执行时，该处理器执行如前述实施例中通信装置可能的实现方式所述的方法，其中，该通信装置具体可以为前述实施例中的终端设备，即图5至图11对应方法实施例中终端设备。
本申请实施例还提供一种存储一个或多个计算机的计算机程序产品(或称计算机程序)，当计算机程序产品被该处理器执行时，该处理器执行上述通信装置可能实现方式的方法，其中，该通信装置具体可以为前述实施例中的接入网设备，即图5至图11对应方法实施例中接入网设备。
本申请实施例还提供一种存储一个或多个计算机的计算机程序产品，当计算机程序产品被该处理器执行时，该处理器执行上述通信装置可能实现方式的方法，其中，该通信装置具体可以为前述实施例中的终端设备，即图5至图11对应方法实施例中终端设备。
本申请实施例还提供了一种芯片系统，该芯片系统包括处理器，用于支持通信装置实现上述通信装置可能的实现方式中所涉及的功能。在一种可能的设计中，该芯片系统还可以包括存储器，存储器，用于保存该通信装置必要的程序指令和数据。该芯片系统，可以由芯片构成，也可以包含芯片和其他分立器件，其中，该通信装置具体可以为前述实施例中的接入网设备，即图5至图11对应方法实施例中接入网设备。
本申请实施例还提供了一种芯片系统，该芯片系统包括处理器，用于支持通信装置实现上述通信装置可能的实现方式中所涉及的功能。在一种可能的设计中，芯片系统还可以包括存储器，存储器，用于保存该通信装置必要的程序指令和数据。该芯片系统，可以由芯片构成，也可以包含芯片和其他分立器件，其中，该通信装置具体可以为前述实施例中的终端设备，即图5至图11对应方法实施例中的终端设备。
本申请实施例还提供了一种网络系统架构，该网络系统架构包括上述通信装置，该通信装置具体可以为前述实施例中的接入网设备和终端设备，即图5至图11对应方法实施例中的终端设备和接入网设备。
在本申请所提供的几个实施例中，应该理解到，所揭露的系统，装置和方法，可以通过其它的方式实现。例如，以上所描述的装置实施例仅仅是示意性的，例如，所述单元的划分，仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分，实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式，例如多个单元或组件可以结合或者可以集成到另一个系统，或一些特征可以忽略，或不执行。另一点，所显示或讨论的相互之间的耦合或直接耦合或通信连接可以是通过一些接口，装置或单元的间接耦合或通信连接，可以是电性，机械或其它的形式。
所述作为分离部件说明的单元可以是或者也可以不是物理上分开的，作为单元显示的部件可以是或者也可以不是物理单元，即可以位于一个地方，或者也可以分布到多个网络单元上。可以根据实际的需要选择其中的部分或者全部单元来实现本实施例方案的目的。
另外，在本申请各个实施例中的各功能单元可以集成在一个处理单元中，也可以是各 个单元单独物理存在，也可以两个或两个以上单元集成在一个单元中。上述集成的单元既可以采用硬件的形式实现，也可以采用软件功能单元的形式实现。
所述集成的单元如果以软件功能单元的形式实现并作为独立的产品销售或使用时，可以存储在一个计算机可读取存储介质中。基于这样的理解，本申请的技术方案本质上或者说对现有技术做出贡献的部分或者该技术方案的全部或部分可以以软件产品的形式体现出来，该计算机软件产品存储在一个存储介质中，包括若干指令用以使得一台计算机设备(可以是个人计算机，服务器，或者网络设备等)执行本申请各个实施例所述方法的全部或部分步骤。而前述的存储介质包括：U盘、移动硬盘、只读存储器(ROM，Read-Only Memory)、随机存取存储器(RAM，Random Access Memory)、磁碟或者光盘等各种可以存储程序代码的介质。

Claims (56)

  1. 一种通信方法，其特征在于，应用于接入网设备，所述方法包括：
    所述接入网设备通过用于第一网络和终端设备之间通信的无线资源控制RRC连接接收来自终端设备请求在第二网络注册的注册请求消息；
    所述接入网设备向所述第二网络的核心网设备发送所述注册请求消息；
    所述接入网设备接收来自所述核心网设备的注册响应消息；
    所述接入网设备通过所述RRC连接向所述终端设备发送所述注册响应消息。
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的方法，其特征在于，在所述接入网设备向所述第二网络的核心网设备发送所述注册请求消息之前，所述方法还包括：
    所述接入网设备通过所述RRC连接接收来自所述终端设备的第一用户识别模块的标识信息和第二用户识别模块的标识信息，所述终端设备包括所述第一用户识别模块和所述第二用户识别模块，所述第一用户识别模块对应于所述第一网络，所述第二用户识别模块对应于所述第二网络；
    在所述接入网设备接收来自所述核心网设备的注册响应消息之后，所述接入网设备将所述第一用户识别模块的标识信息对应的上下文与所述第二用户识别模块的标识信息对应的上下文关联。
  3. 根据权利要求2所述的方法，其特征在于，所述接入网设备通过用于第一网络和终端设备之间通信的RRC连接接收来自终端设备请求在第二网络注册的注册请求消息包括：
    所述接入网设备通过用于所述第一网络和所述第一用户识别模块之间通信的所述RRC连接接收来自所述第二用户识别模块请求在所述第二网络注册的注册请求消息。
  4. 根据权利要求2所述的方法，其特征在于，在所述接入网设备接收来自所述核心网设备的注册响应消息之后，所述方法还包括：
    所述接入网设备建立与所述终端设备之间所述第一用户识别模块和所述第二用户识别模块共用的接入层AS安全配置。
  5. 根据权利要求1至4任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，在所述接入网设备通过用于第一网络和终端设备之间通信的RRC连接接收来自终端设备请求在第二网络注册的注册请求消息之前，所述方法还包括：
    所述接入网设备通过所述RRC连接接收来自所述终端设备的第一指示，所述第一指示用于指示所述RRC连接用于多个网络和所述终端设备之间通信；
    所述接入网设备根据所述第一指示修改所述RRC连接的类型为所述多个网络共用；
    所述接入网设备向所述终端设备发送第一下行RRC消息，所述第一下行RRC消息用于指示所述RRC连接的类型为所述多个网络共用。
  6. 根据权利要求2至4任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，在所述接入网设备接收来自所述核心网设备的注册响应消息之后，所述方法还包括：
    所述接入网设备建立与所述核心网设备之间关于所述第二用户识别模块的第二非接入层NAS数据链路；
    在所述接入网设备根据所述第二NAS数据链路接收到来自所述核心网设备的下行NAS 消息时，所述接入网设备通过所述RRC连接向所述第二用户识别模块发送所述下行NAS消息；
    和/或，
    在所述接入网设备通过所述RRC连接接收到来自所述终端设备的上行NAS消息时，所述接入网设备通过所述第二NAS数据链路向所述核心网设备发送所述上行NAS消息。
  7. 根据权利要求2至4任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，在所述接入网设备接收来自所述核心网设备的注册响应消息之后，所述方法还包括：
    所述接入网设备为所述第一用户识别模块和所述第二用户识别模块分配数据无线承载DRB；
    和/或，
    所述接入网设备为所述第一用户识别模块和所述第二用户识别模块分配载波分量CC。
  8. 根据权利要求2至4任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：
    所述接入网设备通过所述RRC连接向所述终端设备发送第二指示，所述第二指示用于指示所述注册响应消息关联于所述第二用户识别模块。
  9. 一种通信方法，其特征在于，应用于终端设备，所述方法包括：
    所述终端设备通过用于第一网络和终端设备之间通信的无线资源控制RRC连接向接入网设备发送请求在第二网络注册的注册请求消息；
    所述终端设备通过所述RRC连接接收来自所述接入网设备的注册响应消息。
  10. 根据权利要求9所述的方法，其特征在于，所述终端设备包括所述第一用户识别模块和所述第二用户识别模块，所述第一用户识别模块对应于所述第一网络，所述第二用户识别模块对应于所述第二网络；在所述终端设备通过所述RRC连接接收来自所述接入网设备的注册响应消息之前，所述方法还包括：
    所述终端设备通过所述RRC连接向所述接入网设备发送所述第一用户识别模块的标识信息和所述第二用户识别模块的标识信息。
  11. 根据权利要求10所述的方法，其特征在于，所述终端设备通过用于第一网络和终端设备之间通信的RRC连接向接入网设备发送请求在第二网络注册的注册请求消息包括：
    所述终端设备通过用于第一用户识别模块和终端设备之间通信的RRC连接向接入网设备发送所述第二用户识别模块请求在第二网络注册的注册请求消息。
  12. 根据权利要求10所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一用户识别模块驻留在目标小区，所述接入网设备的服务区域包括所述目标小区；
    在所述第二用户识别模块驻留在所述目标小区时，所述终端设备触发执行通过用于第一网络和终端设备之间通信的RRC连接向接入网设备发送请求在第二网络注册的注册请求消息。
  13. 根据权利要求10至12任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，在所述终端设备通过用于第一网络和终端设备之间通信的RRC连接向接入网设备发送请求在第二网络注册的注册请求消息之后，所述方法还包括：
    所述终端设备建立与所述接入网设备之间关于所述第一用户识别模块和所述第二用户 识别模块共用的接入层AS安全配置。
  14. 根据权利要求9至12任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，在所述终端设备通过用于第一网络和终端设备之间通信的RRC连接向接入网设备发送请求在第二网络注册的注册请求消息之前，所述方法还包括：
    所述终端设备通过所述RRC连接向所述接入网设备发送第一指示，所述第一指示用于指示所述RRC连接用于多个网络和所述终端设备之间通信；
    所述终端设备通过所述RRC连接接收来自所述接入网设备的第一下行RRC消息，所述第一下行RRC消息用于指示所述RRC连接的类型为所述多个网络共用。
  15. 根据权利要求10至12任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：
    所述终端设备通过所述RRC连接接收来自所述接入网设备的第二指示，所述第二指示用于指示所述注册响应消息关联于所述第二用户识别模块。
  16. 一种通信方法，其特征在于，应用于接入网设备，所述方法包括：
    所述接入网设备建立用于多个网络与终端设备之间通信的共用的无线资源控制RRC连接；
    所述接入网设备通过所述RRC连接接收来自所述终端设备请求在第一网络注册的第一注册请求消息和请求在第二网络注册的第二注册请求消息；
    所述接入网设备向所述第一网络的核心网设备发送所述第一请求消息，并向所述第二网络的核心网设备发送所述第二请求消息；
    所述接入网设备接收来自所述第一网络的核心网设备的第一注册响应消息，并接收来自所述第二网络的核心网设备的第二注册响应消息；
    所述接入网设备通过所述RRC连接向所述终端设备发送所述第一注册响应消息和所述第二注册响应消息。
  17. 根据权利要求16所述的方法，其特征在于，所述接入网设备建立多个网络与终端设备之间共用的无线资源控制RRC连接包括：
    所述接入网设备接收来自所述终端设备的第一用户识别模块的标识信息和第二用户识别模块的标识信息，所述终端设备包括所述第一用户识别模块和所述第二用户识别模块；
    所述接入网设备建立与终端设备中的所述第一用户识别模块和所述第二用户识别模块共用的所述RRC连接。
  18. 根据权利要求17所述的方法，其特征在于，在所述接入网设备接收来自所述第一网络的核心网设备的第一注册响应消息，并接收来自所述第二网络的核心网设备的第二注册响应消息之后，所述方法还包括：
    所述接入网设备建立与所述终端设备之间关于所述第一用户识别模块和所述第二用户识别模块共用的接入层AS安全配置。
  19. 根据权利要求16至18任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，在所述接入网设备接收来自所述第一网络的核心网设备的第一注册响应消息之后，所述方法还包括：
    所述接入网设备建立与所述第一网络的核心网设备之间关于所述第一用户识别模块的第一非接入层NAS数据链路；
    在所述接入网设备通过所述第一NAS数据链路接收到来自所述第一网络的核心网设备的第一下行NAS消息时，所述接入网设备通过所述RRC连接向所述终端设备发送所述第一下行NAS消息，所述第一下行NAS消息携带有所述第一用户识别模块的标识信息；
    和/或，
    在所述接入网设备通过所述RRC连接接收到来自所述终端设备的第二NAS消息时，所述接入网设备通过所述第一NAS数据链路向所述第一网络的核心网设备发送所述第一上行NAS消息，所述第一上行NAS消息携带有所述第一用户识别模块的标识信息。
  20. 根据权利要求16至18任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，在所述接入网设备接收来自所述第二网络的核心网设备的第二注册响应消息之后，所述方法还包括：
    所述接入网设备建立与所述第二网络的核心网设备之间关于所述第二用户识别模块的第二NAS数据链路；
    在所述接入网设备通过所述第二NAS数据链路接收到来自所述第二网络的核心网设备的第二下行NAS消息时，所述接入网设备通过所述RRC连接向所述终端设备发送所述第二下行NAS消息，所述第二下行NAS消息携带有所述第二用户识别模块的标识信息；
    和/或，
    在所述接入网设备通过所述RRC连接接收到来自所述终端设备的第二上行NAS消息时，所述接入网设备通过所述第二NAS数据链路向所述第二网络的核心网设备发送所述第二上行NAS消息，所述第二上行NAS消息携带有所述第二用户识别模块的标识信息。
  21. 根据权利要求16至18任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，在所述接入网设备接收来自所述第一网络的核心网设备的第一注册响应消息，并接收来自所述第二网络的核心网设备的第二注册响应消息之后，所述方法还包括：
    所述接入网设备为所述第一用户识别模块和所述第二用户识别模块分配数据无线承载DRB；
    和/或，
    所述接入网设备为所述第一用户识别模块和所述第二用户识别模块分配载波分量CC。
  22. 一种通信方法，其特征在于，应用于终端设备，所述方法包括：
    所述终端设备通过用于多个网络与终端设备之间通信的共用的无线资源控制RRC连接向接入网设备发送请求在第一网络注册的第一注册请求消息和请求在第二网络注册的第二注册请求消息；
    所述终端设备通过所述RRC连接接收来自所述接入网设备的第一注册响应消息和第二注册响应消息。
  23. 根据权利要求22所述的方法，其特征在于，在所述终端设备通过所述RRC连接接收来自所述接入网设备的第一注册响应消息和第二注册响应消息之前，所述方法还包括：
    所述终端设备向所述接入网设备发送第一用户识别模块的标识信息和第二用户识别模块的标识信息。
  24. 根据权利要求23所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一用户识别模块驻留在目标小区，所述接入网设备的服务区域包括所述目标小区；
    在所述第二用户识别模块驻留在所述目标小区时，所述终端设备触发执行通过所述RRC连接向接入网设备发送请求在第一网络注册的第一注册请求消息和请求在第二网络注册的第二注册请求消息。
  25. 根据权利要求22至24任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，在所述终端设备通过所述RRC连接接收来自所述接入网设备的第一注册响应消息和第二注册响应消息之后，所述方法还包括：
    所述终端设备建立与所述接入网设备之间关于所述第一用户识别模块和所述第二用户识别模块共用的接入层AS安全配置。
  26. 一种通信方法，其特征在于，应用于接入网设备，所述方法包括：
    所述接入网设备获取第一用户识别模块所注册的第一网络的标识信息，以及第二用户识别模块所注册的第二网络标识信息，其中，所述第一用户识别模块和所述第二用户识别模块包含于同一个终端设备中；
    所述接入网设备根据所述第一网络的标识信息和所述第二网络的标识信息分别为所述第一用户识别模块和所述第二用户识别模块分配无线数据资源，所述无线数据资源包括数据无线承载DRB和/或载波分量CC。
  27. 根据权利要求26所述的方法，其特征在于，所述接入网设备根据所述第一网络标识和所述第二网络标识分别为所述第一用户识别模块和所述第二用户识别模块分配无线数据资源包括：
    所述接入网设备根据所述第一网络的标识信息确定出所述第一网络的类型信息，并根据所述第二网络的标识信息确定出所述第二网络的类型信息；
    所述接入网设备根据所述第一网络的类型信息和所述第二网络的类型信息，分别为所述第一用户识别模块和所述第二用户识别模块分配所述无线数据资源。
  28. 一种通信装置，其特征在于，包括接收单元和发送单元；
    所述接收单元，用于通过用于第一网络和终端设备之间通信的无线资源控制RRC连接接收来自终端设备请求在第二网络注册的注册请求消息；
    所述发送单元，用于向所述第二网络的核心网设备发送所述注册请求消息；
    所述接收单元，还用于接收来自所述核心网设备的注册响应消息；
    所述发送单元，还用于通过所述RRC连接向所述终端设备发送所述注册响应消息。
  29. 根据权利要求28所述的装置，其特征在于，
    所述接收单元，还用于通过所述RRC连接接收来自所述终端设备的第一用户识别模块的标识信息和第二用户识别模块的标识信息，所述终端设备包括所述第一用户识别模块和所述第二用户识别模块，所述第一用户识别模块对应于所述第一网络，所述第二用户识别模块对应于所述第二网络；
    所述通信装置还包括处理单元；
    所述处理单元，用于将所述第一用户识别模块的标识信息对应的上下文与所述第二用户识别模块的标识信息对应的上下文关联。
  30. 根据权利要求29所述的装置，其特征在于，
    所述接收单元，具体用于通过用于所述第一网络和所述第一用户识别模块之间通信的所述RRC连接接收来自所述第二用户识别模块请求在所述第二网络注册的注册请求消息。
  31. 根据权利要求29所述的装置，其特征在于，
    所述处理单元，还用于建立与所述终端设备之间所述第一用户识别模块和所述第二用户识别模块共用的接入层AS安全配置。
  32. 根据权利要求28至31任一项所述的装置，其特征在于，
    所述接收单元，还用于通过所述RRC连接接收来自所述终端设备的第一指示，所述第一指示用于指示所述RRC连接用于多个网络和所述终端设备之间通信；
    所述处理单元，还用于根据所述第一指示修改所述RRC连接的类型为所述多个网络共用；
    所述发送单元，还用于向所述终端设备发送第一下行RRC消息，所述第一下行RRC消息用于指示所述RRC连接的类型为所述多个网络共用。
  33. 根据权利要求29至32任一项所述的装置，其特征在于，
    所述处理单元，还用于建立与所述核心网设备之间关于所述第二用户识别模块的第二非接入层NAS数据链路；
    所述发送单元，还用于通过所述RRC连接向所述第二用户识别模块发送所述下行NAS消息；
    和/或，
    所述发送单元，还用于通过所述第二NAS数据链路向所述核心网设备发送所述上行NAS消息。
  34. 根据权利要求29至32任一项所述的装置，其特征在于，
    所述处理单元，还用于为所述第一用户识别模块和所述第二用户识别模块分配数据无线承载DRB；
    和/或，
    所述处理单元，还用于为所述第一用户识别模块和所述第二用户识别模块分配载波分量CC。
  35. 根据权利要求29至32任一项所述的装置，其特征在于，所述装置还包括：
    所述发送单元，还用于通过所述RRC连接向所述终端设备发送第二指示，所述第二指示用于指示所述注册响应消息关联于所述第二用户识别模块。
  36. 一种通信装置，其特征在于，包括接收单元和发送单元；
    所述发送单元，用于通过用于第一网络和终端设备之间通信的RRC连接向接入网设备发送请求在第二网络注册的注册请求消息；
    所述接收单元，用于通过所述RRC连接接收来自所述接入网设备的注册响应消息。
  37. 根据权利要求36所述的装置，其特征在于，所述终端设备包括所述第一用户识别模块和所述第二用户识别模块，所述第一用户识别模块对应于所述第一网络，所述第二用户识别模块对应于所述第二网络；
    所述发送单元，还用于通过所述RRC连接向所述接入网设备发送所述第一用户识别模 块的标识信息和所述第二用户识别模块的标识信息。
  38. 根据权利要求37所述的装置，其特征在于，
    所述发送单元，具体用于通过用于第一用户识别模块和终端设备之间通信的RRC连接向接入网设备发送所述第二用户识别模块请求在第二网络注册的注册请求消息。
  39. 根据权利要求37所述的装置，其特征在于，所述第一用户识别模块驻留在目标小区，所述接入网设备的服务区域包括所述目标小区；
    在所述第二用户识别模块驻留在所述目标小区时，所述发送单元，还用于触发执行通过用于第一网络和终端设备之间通信的RRC连接向接入网设备发送请求在第二网络注册的注册请求消息。
  40. 根据权利要求36至39任一项所述的装置，其特征在于，所述装置还包括处理单元；
    所述处理单元，用于建立与所述接入网设备之间关于所述第一用户识别模块和所述第二用户识别模块共用的接入层AS安全配置。
  41. 根据权利要求36至39任一项所述的装置，其特征在于，
    所述发送单元，还用于通过所述RRC连接向所述接入网设备发送第一指示，所述第一指示用于指示所述RRC连接用于多个网络和所述终端设备之间通信；
    所述接收单元，还用于通过所述RRC连接接收来自所述接入网设备的第一下行RRC消息，所述第一下行RRC消息用于指示所述RRC连接的类型为所述多个网络共用。
  42. 根据权利要求37至39任一项所述的装置，其特征在于，
    所述接收单元，还用于通过所述RRC连接接收来自所述接入网设备的第二指示，所述第二指示用于指示所述注册响应消息关联于所述第二用户识别模块。
  43. 一种通信装置，其特征在于，包括处理单元、接收单元和发送单元；
    所述处理单元，用于建立用于多个网络与终端设备之间通信的共用的无线资源控制RRC连接；
    所述接收单元，用于通过所述RRC连接接收来自所述终端设备请求在第一网络注册的第一注册请求消息和请求在第二网络注册的第二注册请求消息；
    所述发送单元，用于向所述第一网络的核心网设备发送所述第一请求消息，并向所述第二网络的核心网设备发送所述第二请求消息；
    所述接收单元，还用于接收来自所述第一网络的核心网设备的第一注册响应消息，并接收来自所述第二网络的核心网设备的第二注册响应消息；
    所述发送单元，还用于通过所述RRC连接向所述终端设备发送所述第一注册响应消息和所述第二注册响应消息。
  44. 根据权利要求43所述的装置，其特征在于，所述处理单元，具体用于：
    接收来自所述终端设备的第一用户识别模块的标识信息和第二用户识别模块的标识信息，所述终端设备包括所述第一用户识别模块和所述第二用户识别模块；
    建立与终端设备中的所述第一用户识别模块和所述第二用户识别模块共用的所述RRC连接。
  45. 根据权利要求44所述的装置，其特征在于，
    所述处理单元，还用于建立与所述终端设备之间关于所述第一用户识别模块和所述第二用户识别模块共用的接入层AS安全配置。
  46. 根据权利要求43至45任一项所述的装置，其特征在于，
    所述处理单元，还用于建立与所述第一网络的核心网设备之间关于所述第一用户识别模块的第一非接入层NAS数据链路；
    在所述接入网设备通过所述第一NAS数据链路接收到来自所述第一网络的核心网设备的第一下行NAS消息时，所述发送单元，还用于通过所述RRC连接向所述终端设备发送所述第一下行NAS消息，所述第一下行NAS消息携带有所述第一用户识别模块的标识信息；
    和/或，
    在所述接入网设备通过所述RRC连接接收到来自所述终端设备的第二NAS消息时，所述发送单元，还用于通过所述第一NAS数据链路向所述第一网络的核心网设备发送所述第一上行NAS消息，所述第一上行NAS消息携带有所述第一用户识别模块的标识信息。
  47. 根据权利要求43至45任一项所述的装置，其特征在于，
    所述处理单元，还用于建立与所述第二网络的核心网设备之间关于所述第二用户识别模块的第二NAS数据链路；
    在所述接入网设备通过所述第二NAS数据链路接收到来自所述第二网络的核心网设备的第二下行NAS消息时，所述发送单元，还用于通过所述RRC连接向所述终端设备发送所述第二下行NAS消息，所述第二下行NAS消息携带有所述第二用户识别模块的标识信息；
    和/或，
    在所述接入网设备通过所述RRC连接接收到来自所述终端设备的第二上行NAS消息时，所述发送单元，还用于通过所述第二NAS数据链路向所述第二网络的核心网设备发送所述第二上行NAS消息，所述第二上行NAS消息携带有所述第二用户识别模块的标识信息。
  48. 根据权利要求43至45任一项所述的装置，其特征在于，
    所述处理单元，还用于为所述第一用户识别模块和所述第二用户识别模块分配数据无线承载DRB；
    和/或，
    所述处理单元，还用于为所述第一用户识别模块和所述第二用户识别模块分配载波分量CC。
  49. 一种通信装置，其特征在于，包括接收单元和发送单元；
    所述发送单元，用于通过用于多个网络与终端设备之间通信的共用的无线资源控制RRC连接向接入网设备发送请求在第一网络注册的第一注册请求消息和请求在第二网络注册的第二注册请求消息；
    所述接收单元，用于通过所述RRC连接接收来自所述接入网设备的第一注册响应消息和第二注册响应消息。
  50. 根据权利要求49所述的装置，其特征在于，
    所述发送单元，还用于向所述接入网设备发送第一用户识别模块的标识信息和第二用户识别模块的标识信息。
  51. 根据权利要求50所述的装置，其特征在于，所述第一用户识别模块驻留在目标小区，所述接入网设备的服务区域包括所述目标小区；所述装置还包括处理单元；
    在所述第二用户识别模块驻留在所述目标小区时，所述处理单元，用于触发执行通过所述RRC连接向接入网设备发送请求在第一网络注册的第一注册请求消息和请求在第二网络注册的第二注册请求消息。
  52. 根据权利要求49至51任一项所述的装置，其特征在于，
    所述处理单元，还用于建立与所述接入网设备之间关于所述第一用户识别模块和所述第二用户识别模块共用的接入层AS安全配置。
  53. 一种通信装置，其特征在于，包括处理单元；
    所述处理单元，用于获取第一用户识别模块所注册的第一网络的标识信息，以及第二用户识别模块所注册的第二网络标识信息，其中，所述第一用户识别模块和所述第二用户识别模块包含于同一个终端设备中；
    所述处理单元，还用于根据所述第一网络的标识信息和所述第二网络的标识信息分别为所述第一用户识别模块和所述第二用户识别模块分配无线数据资源，所述无线数据资源包括数据无线承载DRB和/或载波分量CC。
  54. 根据权利要求53所述的装置，其特征在于，所述处理单元，具体用于
    根据所述第一网络的标识信息确定出所述第一网络的类型信息，并根据所述第二网络的标识信息确定出所述第二网络的类型信息；
    根据所述第一网络的类型信息和所述第二网络的类型信息，分别为所述第一用户识别模块和所述第二用户识别模块分配所述无线数据资源。
  55. 一种计算机可读存储介质，其特征在于，存储有用于实现权利要求1至8任一项所述的方法的程序或者指令，或者，存储有用于实现权利要求9至15任一项所述方法的程序或者指令，或者，存储有用于实现权利要求16至21任一项所述方法的程序或者指令，或者，存储有用于实现权利要求22至25任一项所述方法的程序或者指令，或者，存储有用于实现权利要求26或27所述方法的程序或者指令。
  56. 一种通信装置，其特征在于，所述通信装置包括处理器和通信接口，所述通信接口和所述处理器耦合，所述处理器用于运行计算机程序或指令，使得权利要求1至8任一项所述的方法被执行，或者，使得权利要求16至21任一项所述的方法被执行，或者，使得权利要求26或27所述的方法被执行。
PCT/CN2021/099127 2020-06-12 2021-06-09 一种通信方法及相关设备 WO2021249430A1 (zh)

Priority Applications (3)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
KR1020237000566A KR20230021114A (ko) 2020-06-12 2021-06-09 통신 방법 및 관련 디바이스
EP21822031.7A EP4156849A4 (en) 2020-06-12 2021-06-09 COMMUNICATION METHOD AND ASSOCIATED DEVICE
US18/064,597 US20230112588A1 (en) 2020-06-12 2022-12-12 Communication method and related device

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN202010535846.0A CN113810989B (zh) 2020-06-12 2020-06-12 一种通信方法及相关设备
CN202010535846.0 2020-06-12

Related Child Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US18/064,597 Continuation US20230112588A1 (en) 2020-06-12 2022-12-12 Communication method and related device

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2021249430A1 true WO2021249430A1 (zh) 2021-12-16

Family

ID=78845353

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2021/099127 WO2021249430A1 (zh) 2020-06-12 2021-06-09 一种通信方法及相关设备

Country Status (5)

Country Link
US (1) US20230112588A1 (zh)
EP (1) EP4156849A4 (zh)
KR (1) KR20230021114A (zh)
CN (1) CN113810989B (zh)
WO (1) WO2021249430A1 (zh)

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2023133871A1 (zh) * 2022-01-17 2023-07-20 华为技术有限公司 通信方法和装置

Families Citing this family (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2024045196A1 (zh) * 2022-09-02 2024-03-07 北京小米移动软件有限公司 注册方法、装置、存储介质及芯片
CN116074771B (zh) * 2023-03-02 2023-06-16 北京迪为双兴通讯技术有限公司 煤矿5g调度系统
CN116506407B (zh) * 2023-06-20 2023-11-14 阿里巴巴（中国）有限公司 语音通信方法、系统、存储介质及电子设备

Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN108377575A (zh) * 2016-11-08 2018-08-07 展讯通信（上海）有限公司 多卡移动终端及其业务处理方法
US20180359284A1 (en) * 2017-06-09 2018-12-13 Qualcomm Incorporated System and method for signaling by a dual-sim dual-standby device
CN110049578A (zh) * 2018-01-17 2019-07-23 华为技术有限公司 无线连接修改方法、设备及系统
CN110351804A (zh) * 2019-06-17 2019-10-18 腾讯科技（深圳）有限公司 通信方法、装置、计算机可读介质及电子设备

Family Cites Families (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
EP3254530B1 (en) * 2015-02-03 2021-10-13 Nokia Solutions and Networks Oy Improvements in dual connectivity for different access networks
CN106851791B (zh) * 2015-12-07 2020-09-11 西安中兴新软件有限责任公司 一种处理通信业务的方法和装置
WO2018141081A1 (en) * 2017-02-02 2018-08-09 Qualcomm Incorporated Network assisted multi-subscription physical layer sharing
EP3603139B1 (en) * 2017-03-24 2021-05-12 British Telecommunications Public Limited Company Cellular telecommunications network
CN109548136A (zh) * 2017-08-08 2019-03-29 展讯通信（上海）有限公司 用户终端及其非接入层信令传输方法、基站及存储介质
CN110557827B (zh) * 2018-05-30 2022-10-28 展讯通信（上海）有限公司 一种双网络的注册方法及基站

Patent Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN108377575A (zh) * 2016-11-08 2018-08-07 展讯通信（上海）有限公司 多卡移动终端及其业务处理方法
US20180359284A1 (en) * 2017-06-09 2018-12-13 Qualcomm Incorporated System and method for signaling by a dual-sim dual-standby device
CN110049578A (zh) * 2018-01-17 2019-07-23 华为技术有限公司 无线连接修改方法、设备及系统
CN110351804A (zh) * 2019-06-17 2019-10-18 腾讯科技（深圳）有限公司 通信方法、装置、计算机可读介质及电子设备

Non-Patent Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
3GPP TS 33.501
HUAWEI ET AL.: "S2-1902425: Procedures for Service Gap Control", 3GPP TSG-SA WG2 MEETING #131, 1 March 2019 (2019-03-01), XP051610937 *
See also references of EP4156849A4

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2023133871A1 (zh) * 2022-01-17 2023-07-20 华为技术有限公司 通信方法和装置

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
EP4156849A4 (en) 2023-11-22
US20230112588A1 (en) 2023-04-13
CN113810989B (zh) 2023-10-20
KR20230021114A (ko) 2023-02-13
EP4156849A1 (en) 2023-03-29
CN113810989A (zh) 2021-12-17

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2021249430A1 (zh) 一种通信方法及相关设备
US11399361B2 (en) V2X sidelink communication
WO2022001676A1 (zh) 一种通信方法及相关设备
JP2019517164A (ja) 中継伝送のための方法
US20230067851A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus
WO2022033558A1 (zh) 一种中继管理方法及通信装置
WO2022036555A1 (zh) 中继传输的方法、中继终端和远端终端
WO2020150876A1 (zh) 会话建立方法、终端设备和网络设备
WO2021238882A1 (zh) 一种实现业务连续性的方法及装置
US20230371111A1 (en) Communication method, apparatus, and system
US20240172084A1 (en) Data transmission method and apparatus
WO2021238692A1 (zh) 通信方法和通信装置
US20220353941A1 (en) Ma pdu reactivation requested handling
WO2023207357A1 (zh) 一种通信方法和通信装置
WO2023066223A1 (zh) 通信方法、通信装置、以及机算机存储介质
WO2023020481A1 (zh) 用于传输数据的方法和装置
US20220360969A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus
WO2023205959A1 (zh) 通信方法及通信装置
WO2023231032A1 (zh) 非激活态组播业务区域的确定方法、配置方法、及装置
WO2022147796A1 (zh) 无线通信方法和终端设备
TW202410713A (zh) 通信方法和通信裝置
CN117223303A (zh) 通信方法、设备及存储介质
CN115567991A (zh) 传输方式切换的方法和相关装置
CN114642079A (zh) 通信方法及装置
CN117545023A (zh) 通信方法、通信装置以及通信系统

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 21822031

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 20237000566

Country of ref document: KR

Kind code of ref document: A

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2021822031

Country of ref document: EP

Effective date: 20221222

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE